WO2024181118A1 - Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device - Google Patents

Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024181118A1
WO2024181118A1 PCT/JP2024/004908 JP2024004908W WO2024181118A1 WO 2024181118 A1 WO2024181118 A1 WO 2024181118A1 JP 2024004908 W JP2024004908 W JP 2024004908W WO 2024181118 A1 WO2024181118 A1 WO 2024181118A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
resin
pigment
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2024/004908
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
俊佑 柳
憲晃 佐藤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024181118A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024181118A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/52Amides or imides
    • C08F220/54Amides, e.g. N,N-dimethylacrylamide or N-isopropylacrylamide
    • C08F220/56Acrylamide; Methacrylamide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/02Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated end groups
    • C08F290/06Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L33/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L33/24Homopolymers or copolymers of amides or imides
    • C08L33/26Homopolymers or copolymers of acrylamide or methacrylamide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L55/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers, obtained by polymerisation reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, not provided for in groups C08L23/00 - C08L53/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition containing a colorant.
  • the present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device that use the resin composition.
  • optical filters such as color filters are manufactured using a resin composition containing a color material and a resin.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition having excellent storage stability. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
  • the present invention provides the following.
  • a resin composition comprising a color material A containing a pigment and a resin B,
  • the content of the color material A in the total solid content of the resin composition is 50% by mass or more
  • the resin B is a resin composition containing a resin b having a repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) and a repeating unit b2 having an acid group;
  • R b11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R b12 represents a polycyclic aromatic ring group, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent.
  • R b12 in the formula (b1-1) is a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent.
  • the resin b has a content of the repeating unit b1 in a total molar amount of the repeating unit b1 and the repeating unit b2 of 20 to 70 mol %.
  • ⁇ 5> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the resin b further includes a repeating unit b3 having a graft chain.
  • ⁇ 6> The resin composition according to ⁇ 5>, wherein the graft chain is a polymer chain containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
  • the pigment includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, an isoindoline pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, and an azo pigment.
  • ⁇ 9> A film obtained by using the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>.
  • An optical filter comprising the film according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>.
  • An optical filter comprising the film according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>.
  • An optical filter comprising the film according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>.
  • An optical filter comprising the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 11> A
  • the present invention can provide a resin composition with excellent storage stability. It can also provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
  • alkyl group encompasses not only alkyl groups that have no substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups that have substituents (substituted alkyl groups).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
  • Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams.
  • (meth)acrylate refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth)acrylic refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth)acryloyl refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values calculated as polystyrene standards measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • a pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • the term "process” refers not only to an independent process, but also to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the process achieves its intended effect.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is a resin composition containing a color material A containing a pigment and a resin B,
  • the content of the color material A in the total solid content of the resin composition is 50 mass% or more
  • Resin B is characterized by containing a resin b having a repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) and a repeating unit b2 having an acid group.
  • the resin composition of the present invention by including the above-mentioned resin b, even if the content of the color material A in the total solid content of the resin composition is 50 mass% or more, the increase in viscosity of the resin composition over time can be suppressed. Therefore, the resin composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability. It is presumed that the reason for obtaining such an effect is as follows.
  • the repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) of the resin b has a structure in which a specific group defined by R b12 is bonded to an amide group (-NHCO-), and therefore it is presumed that the repeating unit b1 is easily interacted with the pigment by hydrogen bonding or the like at the site of the amide group.
  • the resin b further includes a repeating unit b2 having an acid group
  • the acid group in the repeating unit b2 also interacts with the pigment, and it is presumed that the acid group can also be adsorbed with the pigment at the site of the acid group.
  • the resin b is firmly adsorbed to the surface of the pigment, and the resin b is present in the vicinity of the pigment in the resin composition.
  • the aggregation of the pigment can be suppressed by the resin b, and as a result, the storage stability of the resin composition can be improved.
  • the resin composition of the present invention has excellent pigment dispersibility because the resin b can suppress pigment aggregation, and can also suppress the generation of coarse particles.
  • the resin composition of the present invention when used to form a pattern by photolithography, the occurrence of development residues can also be suppressed.
  • the reason for this effect is presumably that the resin b is firmly adsorbed to the surface of the pigment, which enhances the emulsifying action of the pigment during development, allowing the resin composition in the unexposed areas to be efficiently developed and removed.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can also suppress the occurrence of development residues.
  • the resin composition of the present invention when used for pattern formation by photolithography, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a resin composition for optical filters.
  • optical filters include color filters, near-infrared transmission filters, and near-infrared cut filters, and color filters are preferred.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is also preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, it is preferably used as a resin composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and is even more preferably used as a resin composition for forming colored pixels of color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
  • color filter is a filter having colored pixels that transmit light of a specific wavelength.
  • colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, with red pixels being more preferable.
  • the colored pixels of the color filter can be formed using a resin composition that contains a chromatic colorant.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter is preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and even more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm.
  • the transmittance of the near-infrared cut filter over the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more.
  • the transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm is preferably 20% or less.
  • the ratio of absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter to absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500, even more preferably 70 to 450, and particularly preferably 100 to 400.
  • the near-infrared cut filter can be formed using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing color material.
  • the near-infrared transmission filter is a filter that transmits at least a part of the near-infrared light.
  • the near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that blocks at least a part of the visible light and transmits at least a part of the near-infrared light.
  • a filter that satisfies the spectral characteristics of a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm is preferably mentioned.
  • the near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
  • the resin composition of the present invention can also be used as a light-shielding film.
  • the solids concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a color material A (hereinafter, referred to as a color material).
  • a color material include a white color material, a black color material, a chromatic color material, and a near-infrared absorbing color material.
  • a pigment derivative can also be used as the color material.
  • the white color material includes not only pure white color materials, but also light gray color materials close to white (e.g., grayish white, light gray, etc.).
  • the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention is one that contains a pigment.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but from the standpoint of the wide range of color variations, ease of dispersion, safety, etc., it is preferable that the pigment is an organic pigment.
  • the pigment contains at least one type selected from a chromatic pigment and a near-infrared absorbing pigment, and it is more preferable that the pigment contains a chromatic pigment.
  • the coloring material preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, azo pigments, azomethine pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, and quinophthalone pigments, more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments, and even more preferably contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment because this makes the effects of the present invention more pronounced.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle diameter of the pigment and pigment derivative can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment and pigment derivative with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation. The same applies to the average primary particle diameter of the pigment derivative.
  • the crystallite size of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 0.1 to 50 nm, more preferably 0.5 to 30 nm, and even more preferably 1 to 15 nm.
  • the crystallite size can be determined from the half-width of the diffraction angle peak using an X-ray diffraction device, and is calculated using Scherrer's formula.
  • the crystallite size of the organic pigment and pigment derivative can be adjusted by known methods such as adjusting the production conditions or grinding after production.
  • the specific surface area of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 300 m 2 /g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less.
  • the value of the specific surface area can be measured according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption in accordance with the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method.
  • the colorant contained in the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment and a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a colorant skeleton. Details of the pigment derivative will be described later.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention may further contain a dye.
  • a dye When a dye is contained, the content of the dye is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 70 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 40 parts by mass or more. Only one type of dye may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention is substantially free of dye. According to this embodiment, a film having excellent light resistance and heat resistance can be formed. "Substantially free of dye” means that the content of the dye in the coloring material is 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and more preferably no dye is contained.
  • chromatic colorants examples include colorants having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. Examples include yellow colorants, orange colorants, red colorants, green colorants, purple colorants, and blue colorants. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the chromatic colorant is preferably a pigment (chromatic pigment), more preferably a red pigment, a yellow pigment, or a blue pigment, and even more preferably a red pigment or a blue pigment. Specific examples of chromatic pigments include those shown below.
  • the red colorant may be a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, anthraquinone compound, an azo compound, a naphthol compound, an azomethine compound, a xanthene compound, a quinacridone compound, a perylene compound, or a thioindigo compound.
  • a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, an anthraquinone compound, or an azo compound is preferable, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound is more preferable.
  • the red colorant is preferably a red pigment.
  • the red pigment is preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment.
  • red colorants include C.I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149,
  • red pigments include 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, and 297.
  • red colorant a compound described in paragraph 0034 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and a brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in JP-A-2020-085947 can also be used.
  • C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 224, 254, 255, 264, 269, and 272 are preferred, C.I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. Pigment Red 254 and 272 are even more preferred.
  • Green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, with phthalocyanine compounds being preferred.
  • the green colorant is preferably a green pigment.
  • the green pigment is preferably a phthalocyanine pigment.
  • green colorants include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66.
  • halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in one molecule can also be used as green colorants.
  • Specific examples include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720.
  • compounds described in paragraph 0029 of WO 2022/085485, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP 2020-070426 A, and diarylmethane compounds described in JP 2020-504758 A can also be used as green colorants.
  • C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62, and 63 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Green 36 and 58 are more preferred.
  • Orange colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds and azo compounds, and are preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds.
  • the orange colorant is preferably an orange pigment.
  • the orange pigment is preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment.
  • Specific examples of orange colorants include orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.
  • yellow colorants examples include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds.
  • the yellow colorant is preferably a yellow pigment.
  • the yellow pigment is preferably at least one selected from isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments. Specific examples of yellow colorants include C.I.
  • an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0033 of WO 2022/085485, the methine dyes described in JP 2019-073695 A, and the methine dyes described in JP 2019-073696 A can be used.
  • purple colorants examples include oxazine compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and indigo compounds, with oxazine compounds being preferred.
  • the purple colorant is preferably a purple pigment.
  • Specific examples of purple colorants include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
  • blue colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, and are preferably phthalocyanine compounds.
  • the blue colorant is preferably a blue pigment.
  • the blue pigment is preferably a phthalocyanine pigment.
  • Specific examples of blue colorants include blue pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88.
  • Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
  • Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants.
  • the dyes there are no particular limitations on the dyes, and any known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo dyes, anilino azo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyrromethene dyes.
  • a dye polymer can also be used as a chromatic colorant.
  • the dye polymer is preferably a dye dissolved in a solvent.
  • the dye polymer may form particles. When the dye polymer is a particle, it is usually used in a state dispersed in a solvent.
  • a particulate dye polymer can be obtained by, for example, emulsion polymerization, and examples of the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682 include the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682.
  • the dye polymer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. There is no particular limit to the upper limit, but it can be 100 or less.
  • the multiple dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye polymer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less.
  • the dye multimer may be a compound described in JP2011-213925A, JP2013-041097A, JP2015-028144A, JP2015-030742A, WO2016/031442, etc.
  • chromatic colorants there may be mentioned a triarylmethane dye polymer described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, a xanthene compound described in JP 2020-117638 A, a phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2020/174991 A, an isoindoline compound or a salt thereof described in JP 2020-160279 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070 A, Compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No.
  • 10-2020-0069067 compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2022/004261, and halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2021/250883 can be used.
  • the other colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-shaped structure, or may be used in both structures.
  • colorants include quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, polymer dyes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0061793, colorants described in JP-A-2022-029701, isoindoline compounds described in WO 2022/014635, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2022/024926, compounds described in JP-A-2022-045895, compounds described in WO 2022/050051, compounds described in JP-A-2020-090676, compounds described in JP-A-2020-055956, compounds described in JP-A-2021-031681, compounds described in JP-A-2022-056354, and compounds described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
  • An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a purple color material (3) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a purple color material. (4) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, a purple color material, and a green color material. (5) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a green color material. (6) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, and a green color material. (7) An embodiment containing a yellow color material and a purple color material.
  • the white coloring material examples include inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, and zinc sulfide.
  • the white coloring material can be the white pigment described in paragraphs 0040 to 0043 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the black coloring material is not particularly limited, and any known material can be used.
  • the black coloring material may be an inorganic black coloring material or an organic black coloring material.
  • the black coloring material is preferably a pigment.
  • the black coloring material means a coloring material that exhibits absorption over the entire wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • inorganic black colorants include carbon black, titanium black, graphite, etc., with carbon black and titanium black being preferred, and titanium black being more preferred.
  • Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms, and low-order titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride are preferred.
  • As titanium black the titanium black described in paragraph 0044 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
  • organic black coloring materials examples include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, with bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds being preferred.
  • organic black coloring material the compounds described in paragraph number 0166 of WO 2022/065215 can be used.
  • perylene black (Lumogen Black FK4280, etc.) described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP 2017-226821 A can also be used as the organic black coloring material.
  • the near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength longer than 700 nm.
  • the near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1800 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1400 nm, even more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1200 nm, and particularly preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1000 nm.
  • the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the near-infrared absorbing colorant and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
  • the near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably a pigment, more preferably an organic pigment.
  • Near-infrared absorbing colorants include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, etc. Specific examples of these include the compounds described in paragraph 0114 of WO 2022/065215.
  • the infrared absorbing colorant the compound described in paragraph 0121 of WO 2022/065215, the squarylium compound described in JP 2020-075959 A, the copper complex described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0135217, the croconic acid compound described in JP 2021-195515 A, and the near infrared absorbing dye described in JP 2022-022070 A can also be used.
  • a pigment derivative can also be used as the coloring material.
  • the pigment derivative include a compound having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a color skeleton.
  • Examples of the pigment skeletons that make up the pigment derivatives include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, an azo dye skeleton, an azomethine dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, an anthraquinone dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, a dioxazine dye skeleton, a perinone dye skeleton, a perylene dye skeleton, a thioindigo dye ske
  • Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof.
  • Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion.
  • Examples of the carboxylic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHCOR X1 .
  • Examples of the sulfonic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 .
  • Examples of the imide acid group include a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 , or -SO 2 NHCOR X6 , and more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 .
  • R x1 to R x6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R x1 to R x6 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, and more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and their salts, ammonium salts, and phthalimidomethyl groups.
  • Atoms or atomic groups that make up the salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
  • pigment derivatives include the compounds described in the Examples below, the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, the benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, and compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282.
  • the content of the colorant in the total solid content of the resin composition is 50% by mass or more, preferably 55% by mass or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 77.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 75% by mass or less.
  • the pigment content in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 45% by mass or more, and even more preferably 55% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 77.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 75% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability even when the pigment content is high, so that the effect of the present invention is more pronounced when the pigment content is high.
  • the content of the pigment in the coloring material is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 100% by mass.
  • the total content of the pigment and pigment derivative in the coloring material is preferably 25 to 100% by mass, more preferably 55 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 75 to 100% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains resin B (hereinafter referred to as resin).
  • resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments in the resin composition or for use as a binder.
  • a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments in a resin composition is also called a dispersant.
  • such uses of the resin are merely examples, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than such uses.
  • the resin contained in the resin composition of the present invention includes a resin b (hereinafter also referred to as a specific resin) having a repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) and a repeating unit b2 having an acid group.
  • a resin b hereinafter also referred to as a specific resin
  • the specific resin will be described below.
  • the specific resin contains a repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b1).
  • R b11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R b12 represents a polycyclic aromatic ring group, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b11 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1.
  • R b11 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the polycyclic aromatic ring group represented by R b12 may be a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable because it can further improve the storage stability of the resin composition.
  • the number of ring structures contained in the polycyclic aromatic ring group is preferably 2 to 10.
  • the upper limit is preferably 8 or less, and more preferably 5 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 4 or more, for the reason that the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • polycyclic aromatic ring group examples include a naphthalene ring group, an anthracene ring group, an acenaphthene ring group, an acenaphthylene ring group, a phenalene ring group, a phenanthrene ring group, a fluorene ring group, a pyrene ring group, a quinoline ring group, an isoquinoline ring group, a quinoxaline ring group, a pentacene ring group, a benzopyrene ring group, a chrysene group, a triphenylene group, a corannulene ring group, a coronene group, and an ovalene ring group.
  • the polycyclic aromatic ring group may or may not have a substituent.
  • the substituent may be a substituent T described later.
  • the substituent may be an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group.
  • the electron-withdrawing group is a substituent that is more likely to attract electrons to the atom to which it is bonded compared to a hydrogen atom
  • the electron-donating group is a substituent that is more likely to donate electrons to the atom to which it is bonded compared to a hydrogen atom.
  • the electron-withdrawing group examples include a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, and a sulfonyl group, and it is preferably a cyano group, a halogen atom, or a halogenated alkyl group.
  • the electron-donating group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, and an amino group, and it is preferably an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, or an amino group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the unsubstituted alkyl group represented by R b12 is 3 to 8, and from the viewpoint of further improving the storage stability of the resin composition, it is preferably 4 to 8, and more preferably 5 to 8.
  • the unsubstituted alkyl group represented by R b12 may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but from the viewpoint of further improving the storage stability of the resin composition, it is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R b12 may be a benzene ring group.
  • the heteroatoms constituting the ring of the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R b12 preferably contain at least one selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and more preferably contain a nitrogen atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, and more preferably a 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the electron-withdrawing group which the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 12b has and the electron-withdrawing group which the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R 12b may have include the electron-withdrawing groups described above.
  • the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has an electron-withdrawing group at the para position of the aromatic hydrocarbon group. According to this embodiment, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group and the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group may have two or more electron-withdrawing groups.
  • Examples of the electron donating group contained in the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R b12 and the electron donating group that may be contained in the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R b12 include the electron donating groups described above.
  • the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group and the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group may have two or more electron donating groups.
  • R b12 in formula (b1-1) is preferably a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, and more preferably a monocyclic aromatic ring group having an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • R b12 is such a functional group, the electronic state of the amide group (-NHCO-) bonded to R b12 can be changed, thereby further improving the adsorptivity to the pigment.
  • substituent T examples include the following groups: halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, iodine atoms), alkyl groups (preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably alkenyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkynyl groups (preferably alkynyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably aryl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic groups (preferably heterocyclic groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), amino groups (preferably amino groups having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (preferably alkoxy groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxy groups (preferably aryloxy groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic oxy groups (preferably heterocyclic oxy groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), acyl groups (preferably acyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms),
  • repeating unit b1 include repeating units A-1 to A-33 described in the examples below.
  • the content of the repeating unit b1 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 95% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the repeating unit b1 in the specific resin is preferably 5 to 90 mol%, more preferably 5 to 75 mol%, and even more preferably 5 to 60 mol%, and is particularly preferably 5 to 55 mol% because it can more effectively suppress pigment aggregation and further improve the storage stability of the resin composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 7.5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and even more preferably 12.5 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 53.5 mol% or less, more preferably 52 mol% or less, and even more preferably 50.5 mol% or less.
  • the content of the repeating unit b1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit b1 and the repeating unit b2 is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 70 mol% because storage stability can be further improved.
  • the lower limit is preferably 22.5 mol% or more, and more preferably 25 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 67.5 mol% or less, more preferably 65 mol% or less, and even more preferably 62.5 mol% or less.
  • the acid group contained in the repeating unit b2 includes a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group, and is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the number of acid groups contained in the repeating unit b2 may be 1 or 2 or more.
  • the number of acid groups contained in the repeating unit b2 is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • repeating unit b2 is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (b2-1).
  • R b21 to R b23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R b21 to R b23 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1.
  • L b21 represents a single bond or an (n2+1) valent linking group, provided that when n2 is 2 or greater, L b21 is an (n2+1) valent linking group.
  • the n2+1-valent linking group represented by L b21 include a hydrocarbon group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group consisting of two or more of these.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and a halogen atom.
  • a b21 represents an acid group.
  • Examples of the acid group represented by A b21 include a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group, and is preferably a carboxy group.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • repeating unit b2 include repeating units having the structures shown below.
  • the content of the repeating unit b2 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the repeating unit b2 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 80 mol %.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 mol % or more, and more preferably 10 mol % or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70 mol % or less, and more preferably 60 mol % or less.
  • the specific resin preferably further contains a repeating unit b3 having a graft chain (hereinafter, also referred to as repeating unit b3).
  • repeating unit b3 the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved. Furthermore, the dispersibility of the pigment can be further improved, and the generation of coarse particles can be suppressed.
  • the graft chain of the repeating unit b3 may be a polymer chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, a polystyrene structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure, and is preferably a polymer chain containing a repeating unit of a structure selected from a polyether structure and a polyester structure, and more preferably a polymer chain of a polyether structure.
  • the polymer chain of the polyether structure is preferably a polymer chain containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
  • the graft chain is preferably a polymer chain containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
  • the polyalkyleneoxy structure refers to a structure composed of two or more alkyleneoxy groups, with the alkyleneoxy group being the repeating unit.
  • the polyalkyleneoxy structure may be composed of one type of alkyleneoxy group, or may be composed of two types of alkyleneoxy groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneoxy group constituting the polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the number of alkyleneoxy groups constituting the polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably 4 to 40.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 or more, and more preferably 8 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 35 or less, and more preferably 30 or less.
  • the polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably a polytetramethyleneoxy structure, a polypropyleneoxy structure, a polyethyleneoxy structure, a polytetramethyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure, or a polypropyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure, more preferably a polyethyleneoxy structure, a polytetramethyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure, or a polypropyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure, and even more preferably a polyethyleneoxy structure.
  • the terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, and an aryloxy group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group and alkoxy group is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 20.
  • the alkyl group and alkoxy group are preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group and alkoxy group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and alkoxy group are preferably unsubstituted alkyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group and the aryloxy group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and still more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryl group and the aryloxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an alkyl group.
  • the terminal structure is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group.
  • a graft chain refers to a molecular chain that branches off from a main chain.
  • a main chain refers to a molecular chain that has the most branch points.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the graft chain is preferably 500 to 30,000, more preferably 1,000 to 10,000, and even more preferably 1,000 to 10,000.
  • repeating unit b3 is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (b3-1).
  • R b31 to R b33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R b31 to R b33 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1.
  • L b31 in formula (b3-1) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L b31 include a hydrocarbon group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 12.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and a halogen atom.
  • a b31 represents a graft chain.
  • the preferred range of the graft chain represented by A b31 is the same as that described above.
  • repeating unit b3 include repeating units D-1 to D-7 described in the examples below.
  • the content of the repeating unit b3 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 15% by mass or more, and more preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 75% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the content of the repeating unit b3 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 50 mol %.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1.5 mol % or more, and more preferably 2.0 mol % or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40 mol % or less, and more preferably 30 mol % or less.
  • the specific resin may further include a repeating unit b4 having a crosslinkable group (hereinafter, also referred to as repeating unit b4).
  • the crosslinkable group contained in the repeating unit b4 includes an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group.
  • the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, and the epoxy group is preferred.
  • the epoxy group may be an alicyclic epoxy group.
  • the alicyclic epoxy group refers to a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.
  • repeating unit b4 is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (b4-1).
  • R b41 to R b43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R b41 to R b43 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1.
  • L b41 in formula (b4-1) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L b41 include a hydrocarbon group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 12.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and a halogen atom.
  • a b41 in formula (b4-1) represents a crosslinkable group.
  • repeating unit b4 include repeating units having the structures shown below.
  • the content of the repeating unit b4 in the specific resin is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit may be 2.5% by mass or more, or 5% by mass or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit b4 in the specific resin is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit can be 1 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, or 5 mol% or more.
  • the specific resin may further contain a repeating unit b5 (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b5) other than the repeating units b1 to b4 described above.
  • repeating unit b5 examples include repeating units having a functional group such as an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, etc. Specific examples of the repeating unit b5 include repeating units having the structures shown below.
  • the content of the repeating unit b5 in the specific resin is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit may be 2.5% by mass or more, or 5.0% by mass or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit b4 in the specific resin is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit can be 1 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, or 5 mol% or more.
  • Specific examples of the specific resin include resins P1 to P98 shown in the examples described below.
  • the acid value of the specific resin is preferably 10 to 300 mgKOH/g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 250 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more. If the acid value of the specific resin is within the above range, the storage stability of the resin composition is excellent. Furthermore, the dispersibility of the pigment in the resin composition is good, and the generation of coarse particles in the resin composition can be more effectively suppressed. Furthermore, when a pattern is formed by a photolithography method, the generation of development residues can also be more effectively suppressed.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is preferably 3,000 to 100,000.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 8,000 or more, and even more preferably 10,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80,000 or less, more preferably 60,000 or less, and even more preferably 50,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is within the above range, the storage stability of the resin composition is excellent. Furthermore, the dispersibility of the pigment in the resin composition is good, and the generation of coarse particles in the resin composition can be more effectively suppressed. Furthermore, the generation of development residues can be more effectively suppressed when a pattern is formed by photolithography.
  • the specific absorbance of the specific resin is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, and even more preferably 1 or less.
  • E A/(c ⁇ l) ...(A ⁇ )
  • A represents the absorbance of a specific resin at the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 800 nm
  • l represents the cell length in cm
  • c represents the concentration of the particular resin in the solution, expressed in mg/ml.
  • the amount of crosslinkable groups in the specific resin is preferably 0.01 to 2.5 mmol/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.2 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 0.5 mmol/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2 mmol/g or less, and more preferably 1.5 mmol/g or less. If the amount of crosslinkable groups in the specific resin is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the resin composition and the curability of the resin composition are good.
  • the amount of crosslinkable groups in the specific resin is a numerical value that represents the molar amount of crosslinkable groups per gram of solid content of the specific resin.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a resin (hereinafter, also referred to as "other resin") different from the specific resin described above.
  • resins include, for example, (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, and siloxane resins.
  • resins include the resins described in paragraphs 0091 to 0099 of WO 2022/065215, the blocked polyisocyanate resins described in JP 2016-222891 A, the resins described in JP 2020-122052 A, the resins described in JP 2020-111656 A, the resins described in JP 2020-139021 A, and the resins described in JP 2017-138503 A having a ring structure in the main chain and a side chain Resins containing structural units having a biphenyl group in the chain, resins described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP 2020-186373 A, alkali-soluble resins described in JP 2020-186325 A, resins represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 A, copolymers containing epoxy groups and acid groups described in WO 2022/030445 A, and compounds described in JP 2018-135514 A can also be used.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the other resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the other resin it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • the acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 50,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
  • the resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group on the side chain, and more preferably contains 5 to 70 mol% of the repeating units having an acid group on the side chain out of all the repeating units of the resin.
  • the upper limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, and more preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, and more preferably 20 mol% or more.
  • a resin having a basic group can be used as another resin.
  • the resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, more preferably a copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group, and even more preferably a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group.
  • the resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
  • resins with basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24 000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (all manufactured by Lubrizol Japan), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (all manufactured by BASF), and the like.
  • the resin having a basic group may be a block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP 2014-219665 A, a block copolymer A1 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP 2018-156021 A, or a vinyl resin having a basic group described in paragraphs 0150 to 0153 of JP 2019-184763 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the other resin it is also preferable to use a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group.
  • the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • the content of the resin having a basic group is preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 300 parts by mass, and even more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group.
  • a resin having an aromatic carboxy group As another resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group.
  • the aromatic carboxy group may be included in the main chain of a repeating unit, or may be included in a side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxy group is included in the main chain of a repeating unit.
  • an aromatic carboxy group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxy groups bonded to an aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • resins having an aromatic carboxy group include the resins described in paragraphs 0082 to 0107 of WO 2021/166858.
  • the other resin it is preferable to use at least one selected from graft polymers, star polymers, block copolymers, and resins in which at least one end of the polymer chain is blocked with an acid group.
  • Such resins are preferably used as dispersants.
  • Examples of the graft polymer include resins having repeating units with graft chains.
  • Examples of the graft chain include graft chains containing at least one structure selected from polyester structures, polyether structures, polystyrene structures, and poly(meth)acrylic structures.
  • the terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an alkylthioether group. Of these, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the pigment, a group having a steric repulsion effect is preferred, and an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • the alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and linear or branched groups are preferred.
  • graft polymers include the resins described in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP 2012-255128 A, paragraphs 0022 to 0097 of JP 2009-203462 A, and paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A.
  • Star polymers include resins with a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core.
  • Specific examples of star polymers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962A.
  • the block copolymer is preferably a block copolymer of a block of a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acid group or a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as block A) and a block of a polymer having a repeating unit not containing an acid group or a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as block B).
  • block A a block of a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acid group or a basic group
  • block B a block of a polymer having a repeating unit not containing an acid group or a basic group
  • the block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP 2014-219665 A and the block copolymer A1 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP 2018-156021 A can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Examples of resins in which at least one end of a polymer chain is blocked with an acid group include resins in which at least one end of a polymer chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure is blocked with an acid group.
  • Examples of acid groups that block the ends of polymer chains include carboxy groups, sulfo groups, and phosphate groups.
  • dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
  • acidic dispersant acidic resin
  • the term "acidic dispersant (acidic resin)” refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g.
  • basic dispersant refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol% is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercially available products. Specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan (e.g., Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), the Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd., A208F (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), H-3606 (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), and Sandet ET (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.). In addition, the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.
  • the resin content in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 50 mass%.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40 mass% or less, and more preferably 30 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 mass% or more, and more preferably 10 mass% or more.
  • the content of the specific resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 50 mass%.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40 mass% or less, and more preferably 30 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 mass% or more, and more preferably 10 mass% or more.
  • the content of the specific resin in the resin contained in the resin composition is preferably 10 to 100% by mass, more preferably 25 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 45 to 100% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resin. When two or more types of resin are contained, it is preferable that the total amount of the resins is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include vinyl A group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radical polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form, such as a monomer, prepolymer, or oligomer, but is preferably a monomer.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 2500.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 12 mmol/g or less, more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and even more preferably a compound containing 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0075 to 0083 of WO 2022/065215.
  • Preferred polymerizable compounds include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and compounds in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues (e.g.,
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (NK Ester A-TMMT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (KAYARAD HDDA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • diglycerol EO ethylene oxide
  • methacrylate commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • NK Ester A-TMMT pentaerythritol tetraacrylate
  • KAYARAD HDDA 1,6-hexanedio
  • NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. can also be used.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 35 mass%.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30 mass% or less, more preferably 25 mass% or less, even more preferably 20 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 10 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 mass% or more, and more preferably 5 mass% or more.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention further contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet to visible regions is preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • Photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a hexaarylbiimidazole compound, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, or a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, more preferably a compound selected from an oxime compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound.
  • examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489 A, and the compounds described in MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No.
  • hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
  • Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
  • Examples of oxime compounds include the compound described in paragraph 0142 of WO 2022/085485, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,430,746, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,647,738, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024 of JP 2021-173858 A, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120 of JP 2021-170089 A, and the like.
  • oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is replaced with a naphthalene ring, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom, an oxime compound having a nitro group, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton, or a compound described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
  • oxime compounds that are preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5000 to 200,000.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.
  • Irgacure OXE01 manufactured by BASF
  • Irgacure OXE02 manufactured by BASF
  • Omnirad 2959 manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • crystallinity is reduced and solubility in solvents is improved, making it less likely to precipitate over time, and the stability over time of the coloring composition can be improved.
  • Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include the compounds described in paragraph 0148 of WO 2022/065215.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and more preferably 1 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15 mass% or less, and more preferably 10 mass% or less.
  • only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent include organic solvents.
  • the type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied.
  • the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For details of these, refer to paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate ...
  • Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol.
  • diacetone alcohol also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone
  • 2-methoxypropyl acetate 2-methoxy-1-propanol,
  • the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).
  • an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content.
  • the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures).
  • the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer, or multiple types of isomers.
  • the peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the resin composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is substantially free of environmentally restricted substances.
  • substantially free of environmentally restricted substances means that the content of environmentally restricted substances in the resin composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less.
  • environmentally restricted substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • distillation methods can be used at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of the resin composition prepared by mixing these compounds.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal crosslinking agent as a component other than the above-mentioned resin and polymerizable compound.
  • the thermal crosslinking agent include a compound having a cyclic ether group.
  • the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
  • the epoxy group may be an alicyclic epoxy group.
  • the alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound).
  • Examples of the epoxy compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups are preferred.
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound is preferably 2 or more.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-2014-089408, and the compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular weight compound (e.g., a molecular weight of less than 2000, or even less than 1000) or a high molecular weight compound (macromolecule) (e.g., a molecular weight of 1000 or more, or in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
  • cyclic ether group Commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, and G-01758 (all manufactured by NOF Corporation, epoxy group-containing polymers).
  • EHPE3150 manufactured by Daicel Corporation
  • EPICLON N-695 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Marproof G-0150M G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, and G-01758
  • the compounds described in the examples below can also be used as compounds having a cyclic ether group.
  • the content of the thermal crosslinking agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%.
  • the lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and even more preferably 1 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, more preferably 15 mass% or less, and even more preferably 10 mass% or less. Only one type of thermal crosslinking agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may also contain polyalkyleneimine.
  • Polyalkyleneimine is used, for example, as a dispersing aid for pigments.
  • a dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of coloring materials such as pigments in a resin composition.
  • Polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of alkyleneimine.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula.
  • the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the number average molecular weight value measured by the boiling point elevation method is used.
  • the number average molecular weight value measured by the viscosity method is used.
  • the number average molecular weight value measured in polystyrene equivalent value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
  • the amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
  • alkyleneimines include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, and 2,3-butyleneimine, with ethyleneimine or propyleneimine being preferred, and ethyleneimine being more preferred.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine.
  • the polyethyleneimine preferably contains primary amino groups in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total of the primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, and tertiary amino groups.
  • Commercially available polyethyleneimines include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
  • the content of polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 5 mass%.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.2 mass% or more, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and even more preferably 1 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 4.5 mass% or less, more preferably 4 mass% or less, and even more preferably 3 mass% or less.
  • the content of polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 to 20 mass parts per 100 mass parts of pigment.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.6 mass% or more, more preferably 1 mass% or more, and even more preferably 2 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10 mass% or less, and even more preferably 8 mass% or less. Only one type of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator include a thiol compound, a methylol compound, an amine compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an amidine salt compound, an amide compound, a base generator, an isocyanate compound, an alkoxysilane compound, and an onium salt compound.
  • Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compound described in paragraph 0164 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and the compound described in JP-A-2021-181406.
  • the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and dibenzoyl compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2021-178918, the ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2022-007884, and the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2022-0014454.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salt (ammonium salt, cerium salt, etc.).
  • p-methoxyphenol is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5 mass%.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent include silane compounds having a hydrolyzable group, and it is preferable that the silane coupling agent is a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction.
  • Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferable.
  • the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferable.
  • Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of International Publication No.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass.
  • the silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant, and more preferably a silicone-based surfactant.
  • the surfactants described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of WO 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Nonionic surfactants include the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485.
  • Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, and SF 8419.
  • OIL all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.
  • TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials, Inc.
  • KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 all manufactured by BYK-Chemie
  • a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone surfactant.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. There may be only one type of surfactant, or two or more types. When there are two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds.
  • the phenolic compound any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used.
  • a preferred phenolic compound a hindered phenolic compound may be used.
  • a compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferred.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferred.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant may also be suitably used.
  • phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite.
  • antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.3 to 15 mass%. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, fragrances, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.).
  • auxiliaries for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, fragrances, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film.
  • the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2.
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 50 nm.
  • the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improver.
  • the light resistance improver include the compounds described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is substantially free of terephthalic acid esters.
  • substantially free means that the content of terephthalic acid esters in the total amount of the resin composition is 1000 ppb by mass or less, more preferably 100 ppb by mass or less, and particularly preferably zero.
  • the resin composition of the present invention has a melamine content of 10,000 ppm by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less.
  • the free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less.
  • Methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the resin composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with ion-exchange resins.
  • perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts may be restricted.
  • the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • a resin composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be selected by using a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts, within the maximum allowable range.
  • the water content of the resin composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.) and film thickness.
  • the viscosity value can be selected appropriately as needed, but for example, a value of 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s at 25°C is preferable, and 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s is more preferable.
  • the viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer with the temperature adjusted to 25°C.
  • the container for storing the resin composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used.
  • the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can be used as the container.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the resin composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare the resin composition.
  • a process for dispersing the pigment when preparing the resin composition, it is preferable to include a process for dispersing the pigment.
  • mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion.
  • grinding the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill) it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter and increase the bead packing rate, thereby increasing the grinding efficiency.
  • the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment may be suitably used as described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Information Technology Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005” or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Application Practice Focused on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and in paragraph number 0022 of JP 2015-157893 A.
  • a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc.
  • the descriptions in, for example, JP 2015-194521 A and JP 2012-046629 A may be referred to.
  • materials for the beads used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, and glass.
  • the beads may also be made of inorganic compounds with a Mohs hardness of 2 or more.
  • the resin composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the beads.
  • the resin composition When preparing the resin composition, it is preferable to filter the resin composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects.
  • filters and filtration methods used for filtration include the filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the film of the present invention is a film obtained from the above-mentioned resin composition of the present invention.
  • the film of the present invention can be used for optical filters such as color filters, near-infrared transmission filters, and near-infrared cut filters.
  • the thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted appropriately depending on the purpose.
  • the thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the film of the present invention when used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow hue, and more preferably has a red hue.
  • the film of the present invention can also be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, and more preferably, red pixels.
  • the film of the present invention can be produced through a step of applying the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the film production method preferably further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixel).
  • Examples of the method for forming the pattern (pixel) include a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferred.
  • Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the resin composition layer in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the resin composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the resin composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is used to form a resin composition layer on a support.
  • the support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application.
  • a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable.
  • a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • a base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30 to 80° when measured with water.
  • a known method can be used as a method for applying the resin composition.
  • a dropping method drop casting
  • a slit coating method for example, a spray method; a roll coating method; a rotary coating method (spin coating); a casting coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wetting method (for example, a method described in JP 2009-145395 A); various printing methods such as inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, and metal mask printing; a transfer method using a mold or the like; and a nanoimprint method.
  • the application method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.
  • the resin composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked).
  • prebaking may not be performed.
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, or can be 80°C or more.
  • the prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.
  • the resin composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure process).
  • the resin composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine or a scanner exposure machine through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to be cured.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line and i-line.
  • Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used.
  • Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred.
  • Long-wavelength light sources of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).
  • the irradiation amount is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2.
  • the oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or exposure may be performed under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%).
  • the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5,000 W/m 2 , 15,000 W/m 2 , or 35,000 W/m 2 ).
  • the oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and an illuminance of 10,000 W/m 2 , and an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume and an illuminance of 20,000 W/m 2 , can be used.
  • the unexposed parts of the resin composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels).
  • the unexposed parts of the resin composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer.
  • the resin composition layer in the unexposed parts during the exposure process dissolves into the developer, leaving only the photocured parts.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In order to improve residue removal, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
  • the developer may be an organic solvent or an alkaline developer, with an alkaline developer being preferred.
  • the developer and the washing (rinsing) method after development may be as described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 300°C, more preferably 200 to 270°C.
  • Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
  • a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
  • the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less.
  • additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • the pattern formation by the dry etching method preferably includes the steps of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, curing the entire resin composition layer to form a cured layer, forming a photoresist layer on the cured layer, exposing the photoresist layer to light in a pattern and developing it to form a resist pattern, and dry etching the cured layer using an etching gas as a mask with the resist pattern.
  • the process of forming the photoresist layer is preferably a form in which a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment after development (post-bake treatment) are performed.
  • the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP 2013-064993 A can be referred to, and the contents of this specification are incorporated herein.
  • the optical filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the types of optical filters include color filters, near-infrared cut filters, and near-infrared transmission filters, and are preferably color filters.
  • the color filter preferably has the film of the present invention as its pixel, more preferably has the film of the present invention as its color pixel, and even more preferably has the film of the present invention as its red pixel.
  • the optical filter may have a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention.
  • a protective layer By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a resin composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive.
  • the components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 , and may contain two or more of these components.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended for low reflection, preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.
  • a protective layer by applying a resin composition When forming a protective layer by applying a resin composition, known methods such as spin coating, casting, screen printing, and inkjet can be used as a method for applying the resin composition.
  • Known organic solvents e.g., propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.
  • thermal chemical vapor deposition, plasma chemical vapor deposition, photochemical vapor deposition can be used as the chemical vapor deposition method.
  • the protective layer may contain additives such as organic or inorganic fine particles, absorbents for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet light, near infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesion agents, and surfactants, as necessary.
  • organic or inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate.
  • Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of specific wavelengths.
  • the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer may be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.
  • the optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.
  • the solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • the substrate has a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like, a light-shielding film that opens only the light receiving portion of the photodiode on the photodiode and the transfer electrode, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving portion of the photodiode, and a color filter on the device protection film.
  • a solid-state imaging element such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor
  • a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like
  • a light-shielding film that opens only the light receiving portion of the photodio
  • the device protection film may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc.; the same applies below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (the side closer to the substrate), or a light-collecting means on the color filter.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a lattice shape. In this case, it is preferable that the partitions have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A.
  • an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance.
  • the imaging device equipped with the solid-state imaging element of the present invention can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices with imaging functions (such as mobile phones), as well as in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
  • the image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • Examples of the image display device include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices.
  • the definition of the image display device and details of each image display device are described, for example, in "Electronic Display Devices” (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990) and “Display Devices” (written by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989).
  • the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology” (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994).
  • There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied and the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".
  • Resins P2 to P6 and P81 to P92 were synthesized in the same manner as for resin P1.
  • V-601 After heating the mixture at 75°C for 3 hours, 0.37 g of V-601 was further added to the mixture. After 2 hours, 0.37 g of V-601 was further added to the mixture, and the temperature was raised to 90°C. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours to obtain a precursor polymer.
  • Resins P8 to P80 and P93 to P98 were synthesized in the same manner as for Resin P7.
  • Resins P1 to P98 and CP1 are resins containing the repeating units shown in the table below, which also show the acid value, weight average molecular weight, content of repeating unit 1 in the resin (content 1), and molar content of repeating unit 1 in the total molar amount of repeating unit 1 and repeating unit 2 (content 2).
  • the average particle size of the pigment was measured by dynamic light scattering using a particle size measuring device (nanoSAQLA, manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.).
  • the viscosity of the pigment dispersion was measured by adjusting the temperature of the pigment dispersion to 25° C. using a viscometer (RE-85L, manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.).
  • Derivative 1 Compound having the following structure
  • Derivative 2 Compound having the following structure
  • Derivative 3 Compound having the following structure
  • Derivative 4 Compound having the following structure
  • Derivative 5 Compound having the following structure
  • Derivative 6 Compound having the following structure
  • Derivative 7 Compound of the following structure
  • Pigment dispersion liquid shown in the table below: 33.15 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 0.64 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 13.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 1.60 parts by weight Solvent 3: 1.60 parts by weight
  • Pigment dispersion liquid shown in the table below: 163.50 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 0.64 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 64.90 parts by weight Solvent 2: 8.10 parts by weight Solvent 3: 8.10 parts by weight
  • Polymerizable compound 1 KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., compound having the following structure)
  • Polymerizable compound 2 KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., compound having the following structure)
  • Photopolymerization initiator 1 Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound, compound having the following structure)
  • Surfactant 1 KF-6000 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silicone surfactant)
  • Polymerization inhibitor 1 Compound A-1 having the following structure
  • Thermal crosslinking agent 1 Compound T-1 having the following structure
  • Solvent 1 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
  • Solvent 2 Cyclopentanone
  • Solvent 3 1-Methoxy-2-propanol (MFG)
  • ⁇ Vis was 0.2 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • a composition for forming an undercoat layer (CT-4000, manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied onto a glass substrate using a spin coater so that the thickness after post-baking was 0.1 ⁇ m, and the undercoat layer was formed by heating for 300 seconds at 220° C. using a hot plate, to obtain a glass substrate (support) with an undercoat layer.
  • Each resin composition was applied onto the glass substrate with the undercoat layer by spin coating, and then heated for 2 minutes at 100° C. using a hot plate to form a film with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • Foreign matter contained in this film was detected using a foreign matter evaluation device Complas III (manufactured by Applied Materials, Inc.), and foreign matter (coarse particles) with a maximum width of 1.0 ⁇ m or more was visually classified from all detected foreign matter, and the number of classified coarse particles with a maximum width of 1.0 ⁇ m or more (the number of coarse particles per 1 cm 2 ) was counted.
  • B The number of coarse particles per 1 cm2 of the film is 10 or more and less than 30.
  • C The number of coarse particles per 1 cm2 of the film is 30 or more and less than 100.
  • D The number of coarse particles per 1 cm2 of the film is 100 or more.
  • a composition for forming an undercoat layer (CT-4000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to an 8-inch (20.32 cm) silicon wafer using a spin coater so that the thickness after post-baking was 0.1 ⁇ m, and the undercoat layer was formed by heating at 220° C. for 300 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a silicon wafer with an undercoat layer (support). Next, each resin composition was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.62 ⁇ m. Next, the wafer was heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate.
  • an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.) was used to expose the wafer to light having a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure dose of 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask with a dot pattern of 1.0 ⁇ m square.
  • the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film was formed was placed on the horizontal rotating table of a spin-shower developer (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and paddle development was performed for 60 seconds at 23°C using a 60% diluted solution of CD-2000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.).
  • the silicon wafer was then fixed to the horizontal rotating table by a vacuum chuck system, and while rotating the silicon wafer at a rotation speed of 50 rpm using a rotating device, pure water was supplied in the form of a shower from a spray nozzle from above the center of rotation to perform a rinse treatment, and then spray-dried. Furthermore, a heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200°C to form a pattern (pixel).
  • the silicon wafer on which the pixels were formed was observed under a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (magnification: 10,000 times), and the developability was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
  • SEM scanning electron microscope
  • the resin compositions of the examples had excellent stability over time and were excellent in developability. In addition, the compositions of the examples were able to form films with little foreign matter.
  • the films obtained from the resin compositions described in the examples can be suitably used in optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices.
  • Example 1 even when the polymerizable compound 1 was changed to the compound M-2 or M-3 having the structure shown below, the same effect was obtained.
  • Example 1 even when the photopolymerization initiator 1 was changed to compounds I-2 to I-9 having the structures shown below, the same effect was obtained.
  • Example 1 even when the polymerization inhibitor 1 was changed to the compound A-2 or A-3 having the structure shown below, the same effect was obtained.
  • Example 125 even when the thermal crosslinking agent 1 was changed to the compound T-2 or T-3 having the structure shown below, the same effect was obtained.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a resin composition comprising a colorant A including a pigment and a resin B, wherein the content of the colorant A is 50 mass% or higher relative to a total solid content in the resin composition and the resin B includes a resin b having a repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) and a repeating unit b2 having an acid group; and a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device each obtained using the resin composition.

Description

樹脂組成物、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
 本発明は、色材を含む樹脂組成物に関する。また、本発明は、樹脂組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition containing a colorant. The present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device that use the resin composition.
 特許文献1に記載されているように、色材と樹脂を含む樹脂組成物を用いて、カラーフィルタなどの光学フィルタを製造することが行われている。 As described in Patent Document 1, optical filters such as color filters are manufactured using a resin composition containing a color material and a resin.
特開2020-098347号公報JP 2020-098347 A
 近年、固体撮像素子においては、小型化や薄膜化の要求が強い。このため、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタなどの色材を含む膜についても、近年では、より薄膜化されることが望まれている。所望の分光性能を維持しつつ薄膜化を達成するためには、膜形成に用いる樹脂組成物の色材濃度を高めることが必要である。 In recent years, there has been a strong demand for smaller and thinner solid-state imaging devices. For this reason, there has also been a demand in recent years for films containing color materials, such as color filters, used in solid-state imaging devices to be thinner. In order to achieve thinner films while maintaining the desired spectral performance, it is necessary to increase the concentration of color materials in the resin composition used to form the film.
 しかしながら、色材として顔料を含むものを用いた場合、樹脂組成物の色材濃度を高めると、樹脂などの顔料に対して吸着可能な素材の割合が相対的に減少するため、樹脂組成物の保管中に顔料が凝集し易くなり、樹脂組成物の粘度が経時的に増加しやすい傾向にあった。ま However, when a pigment-containing coloring material is used, increasing the coloring material concentration in the resin composition reduces the relative proportion of materials that can be adsorbed by the pigment, such as the resin, so the pigment tends to aggregate during storage of the resin composition, and the viscosity of the resin composition tends to increase over time.
 よって、本発明の目的は、保存安定性に優れた樹脂組成物を提供することにある。また、本発明の目的は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition having excellent storage stability. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
 本発明者の検討によれば、後述する樹脂組成物により上記目的を達成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。よって、本発明は以下を提供する。 The inventors have found through their research that the above object can be achieved by using the resin composition described below, and have completed the present invention. Therefore, the present invention provides the following.
 <1> 顔料を含む色材Aと、樹脂Bと、を含む樹脂組成物であって、
 上記樹脂組成物の全固形分中における上記色材Aの含有量が50質量%以上であり、
 上記樹脂Bは、式(b1-1)で表される繰り返し単位b1と酸基を有する繰り返し単位b2とを有する樹脂bを含む、樹脂組成物;
 式(b1-1)中、Rb11は水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、
 Rb12は、多環芳香族環基、炭素数3~8の無置換のアルキル基、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有する単環の芳香族炭化水素基、または、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有していてもよい単環の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 <2> 上記式(b1-1)中のRb12が、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有する単環の芳香族炭化水素基、または、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有していてもよい単環の芳香族複素環基である、<1>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <3> 上記樹脂b中における上記繰り返し単位b1の含有量が5~55モル%である、<1>または<2>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <4> 上記樹脂bは、上記繰り返し単位b1と上記繰り返し単位b2との合計モル量中における、上記繰り返し単位b1の含有量が20~70モル%である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <5> 上記樹脂bは、更にグラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位b3を含む、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <6> 上記グラフト鎖は、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含むポリマー鎖である、<5>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <7> 上記顔料は、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料、キノフタロン顔料およびアゾ顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <8> 更に、重合性化合物と光重合開始剤とを含む、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <9> <1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物を用いて得られる膜。
 <10> <9>に記載の膜を含む光学フィルタ。
 <11> <9>に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。
 <12> <9>に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。
<1> A resin composition comprising a color material A containing a pigment and a resin B,
The content of the color material A in the total solid content of the resin composition is 50% by mass or more,
The resin B is a resin composition containing a resin b having a repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) and a repeating unit b2 having an acid group;
In formula (b1-1), R b11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R b12 represents a polycyclic aromatic ring group, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent.
<2> The resin composition according to <1>, wherein R b12 in the formula (b1-1) is a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent.
<3> The resin composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the content of the repeating unit b1 in the resin b is 5 to 55 mol %.
<4> The resin b has a content of the repeating unit b1 in a total molar amount of the repeating unit b1 and the repeating unit b2 of 20 to 70 mol %. The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>.
<5> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the resin b further includes a repeating unit b3 having a graft chain.
<6> The resin composition according to <5>, wherein the graft chain is a polymer chain containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
<7> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the pigment includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, an isoindoline pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, and an azo pigment.
<8> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, further comprising a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.
<9> A film obtained by using the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>.
<10> An optical filter comprising the film according to <9>.
<11> A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to <9>.
<12> An image display device comprising the film according to <9>.
 本発明によれば、保存安定性に優れた樹脂組成物を提供することができる。また、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することができる。 The present invention can provide a resin composition with excellent storage stability. It can also provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい色材を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
The present invention will be described in detail below.
In this specification, the use of "to" means that the numerical values before and after it are included as the lower limit and upper limit.
In the description of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, when there is no indication of whether they are substituted or unsubstituted, the term encompasses both unsubstituted groups (atomic groups) and substituted groups (atomic groups). For example, the term "alkyl group" encompasses not only alkyl groups that have no substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups that have substituents (substituted alkyl groups).
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams.
In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth)acryloyl" refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In this specification, in the structural formulae, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values calculated as polystyrene standards measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
In this specification, the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In this specification, a pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
In this specification, the term "process" refers not only to an independent process, but also to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the process achieves its intended effect.
<樹脂組成物>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、顔料を含む色材Aと、樹脂Bと、を含む樹脂組成物であって、
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における色材Aの含有量が50質量%以上であり、
 樹脂Bは、式(b1-1)で表される繰り返し単位b1と酸基を有する繰り返し単位b2とを有する樹脂bを含むことを特徴とする。
<Resin Composition>
The resin composition of the present invention is a resin composition containing a color material A containing a pigment and a resin B,
The content of the color material A in the total solid content of the resin composition is 50 mass% or more,
Resin B is characterized by containing a resin b having a repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) and a repeating unit b2 having an acid group.
 本発明の樹脂組成物によれば、上述した樹脂bを含むことにより、樹脂組成物の全固形分中における色材Aの含有量が50質量%以上であるにもかかわらず樹脂組成物の粘度の経時的な増加を抑制できる。このため、本発明の樹脂組成物は保存安定性に優れている。このような効果が得られる理由は、以下によるものであると推測される。樹脂bが有する式(b1-1)で表される繰り返し単位b1は、アミド基(-NHCO-)に、Rb12で定義している所定の基が結合した構造を有していることにより、アミド基の部位にて顔料と水素結合などにより相互作用しやすくなったものと推測される。また、樹脂bは、更に酸基を有する繰り返し単位b2も含むので、繰り返し単位b2における酸基も顔料と相互作用すると推測され、酸基の部位においても顔料と吸着することができると推測される。このため、顔料の表面に樹脂bが強固に吸着し、樹脂組成物中において、顔料の近傍に樹脂bが存在していると推測される。このため、樹脂bによって、顔料の凝集を抑制することでき、その結果、樹脂組成物の保存安定性を向上させることができたと推測される。 According to the resin composition of the present invention, by including the above-mentioned resin b, even if the content of the color material A in the total solid content of the resin composition is 50 mass% or more, the increase in viscosity of the resin composition over time can be suppressed. Therefore, the resin composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability. It is presumed that the reason for obtaining such an effect is as follows. The repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) of the resin b has a structure in which a specific group defined by R b12 is bonded to an amide group (-NHCO-), and therefore it is presumed that the repeating unit b1 is easily interacted with the pigment by hydrogen bonding or the like at the site of the amide group. In addition, since the resin b further includes a repeating unit b2 having an acid group, it is presumed that the acid group in the repeating unit b2 also interacts with the pigment, and it is presumed that the acid group can also be adsorbed with the pigment at the site of the acid group. For this reason, it is presumed that the resin b is firmly adsorbed to the surface of the pigment, and the resin b is present in the vicinity of the pigment in the resin composition. For this reason, it is presumed that the aggregation of the pigment can be suppressed by the resin b, and as a result, the storage stability of the resin composition can be improved.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、樹脂bによって顔料の凝集を抑制することができるので、顔料の分散性にも優れており、粗大粒子の発生を抑制することもできる。 In addition, the resin composition of the present invention has excellent pigment dispersibility because the resin b can suppress pigment aggregation, and can also suppress the generation of coarse particles.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いてフォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成した場合には、現像残渣の発生を抑制することもできる。このような効果が得られる理由は、顔料の表面に樹脂bが強固に吸着しているため、現像時における顔料の乳化作用が高まり、未露光部の樹脂組成物を効率よく現像除去できためであると推測される。このような理由により、本発明の樹脂組成物は、現像残渣の発生を抑制することもできる。本発明の樹脂組成物をフォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成用として用いる場合には、本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合性化合物と光重合開始剤とを含むことが好ましい。 Furthermore, when the resin composition of the present invention is used to form a pattern by photolithography, the occurrence of development residues can also be suppressed. The reason for this effect is presumably that the resin b is firmly adsorbed to the surface of the pigment, which enhances the emulsifying action of the pigment during development, allowing the resin composition in the unexposed areas to be efficiently developed and removed. For this reason, the resin composition of the present invention can also suppress the occurrence of development residues. When the resin composition of the present invention is used for pattern formation by photolithography, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、光学フィルタ用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いられる。光学フィルタとしては、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線透過フィルタ、近赤外線カットフィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、固体撮像素子用として好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、固体撮像素子に用いられる光学フィルタ用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いられ、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタの着色画素形成用の樹脂組成物としてより好ましく用いられる。 The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a resin composition for optical filters. Examples of optical filters include color filters, near-infrared transmission filters, and near-infrared cut filters, and color filters are preferred. The resin composition of the present invention is also preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, it is preferably used as a resin composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and is even more preferably used as a resin composition for forming colored pixels of color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
 カラーフィルタとしては、特定の波長の光を透過させる着色画素を有するフィルタが挙げられる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、赤色画素であることがより好ましい。カラーフィルタの着色画素は、有彩色色材を含む樹脂組成物を用いて形成することができる。 An example of a color filter is a filter having colored pixels that transmit light of a specific wavelength. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, with red pixels being more preferable. The colored pixels of the color filter can be formed using a resin composition that contains a chromatic colorant.
 近赤外線カットフィルタの極大吸収波長は、波長700~1800nmの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長700~1300nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましく、波長700~1000nmの範囲に存在することが更に好ましい。また、近赤外線カットフィルタの波長400~650nmの全範囲での透過率は70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、波長700~1800nmの範囲の少なくとも1点での透過率は20%以下であることが好ましい。また、近赤外線カットフィルタの極大吸収波長における吸光度Amaxと、波長550nmにおける吸光度A550との比(吸光度Amax/吸光度A550)は、20~500であることが好ましく、50~500であることがより好ましく、70~450であることが更に好ましく、100~400であることが特に好ましい。近赤外線カットフィルタは、近赤外線吸収色材を含む樹脂組成物を用いて形成することができる。 The maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter is preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and even more preferably in the wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm. The transmittance of the near-infrared cut filter over the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. The transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm is preferably 20% or less. The ratio of absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter to absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm (absorbance Amax/absorbance A550) is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500, even more preferably 70 to 450, and particularly preferably 100 to 400. The near-infrared cut filter can be formed using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing color material.
 近赤外線透過フィルタは、近赤外線の少なくとも一部を透過させるフィルタである。近赤外線透過フィルタは、可視光の少なくとも一部を遮光し、近赤外線の少なくとも一部を透過させるフィルタであることが好ましい。近赤外線透過フィルタとしては、波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1300nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である分光特性を満たしているフィルタなどが好ましく挙げられる。近赤外線透過フィルタは、以下の(1)~(5)のいずれかの分光特性を満たしているフィルタであることが好ましい。
 (1):波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長800~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (2):波長400~750nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長900~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (3):波長400~830nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1000~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (4):波長400~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (5):波長400~1050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1200~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
The near-infrared transmission filter is a filter that transmits at least a part of the near-infrared light. The near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that blocks at least a part of the visible light and transmits at least a part of the near-infrared light. As the near-infrared transmission filter, a filter that satisfies the spectral characteristics of a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm is preferably mentioned. The near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
(1): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm.
(2): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm.
(3): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm.
(4): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm.
(5): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、遮光膜などにも用いることができる。 The resin composition of the present invention can also be used as a light-shielding film.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は、5~30質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、7.5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましく、15質量%以下が更に好ましい。 The solids concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less.
 以下、本発明の樹脂組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 The components used in the resin composition of the present invention are described below.
<<色材A>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、色材A(以下、色材と記す)を含有する。色材としては白色色材、黒色色材、有彩色色材、近赤外線吸収色材が挙げられる。また、色材には顔料誘導体を用いることもできる。なお、本発明において、白色色材には純白色のみならず、白に近い明るい灰色(例えば灰白色、薄灰色など)の色材も含まれる。
<<Colorant A>>
The resin composition of the present invention contains a color material A (hereinafter, referred to as a color material). Examples of the color material include a white color material, a black color material, a chromatic color material, and a near-infrared absorbing color material. In addition, a pigment derivative can also be used as the color material. In the present invention, the white color material includes not only pure white color materials, but also light gray color materials close to white (e.g., grayish white, light gray, etc.).
 本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、顔料を含むものが用いられる。顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよいが、カラーバリエーションの多さ、分散の容易性、安全性等の観点から有機顔料であることが好ましい。また、顔料は、有彩色顔料及び近赤外線吸収顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、有彩色顔料を含むことがより好ましい。 The coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention is one that contains a pigment. The pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but from the standpoint of the wide range of color variations, ease of dispersion, safety, etc., it is preferable that the pigment is an organic pigment. In addition, it is preferable that the pigment contains at least one type selected from a chromatic pigment and a near-infrared absorbing pigment, and it is more preferable that the pigment contains a chromatic pigment.
 また、色材は、フタロシアニン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、キナクリドン顔料、アントラキノン顔料、ペリレン顔料、アゾ顔料、アゾメチン顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、ピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料およびキノフタロン顔料からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料、キノフタロン顔料およびアゾ顔料からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることがより好ましく、より本発明の効果が顕著に奏されるという理由からジケトピロロピロール顔料を含むものであることが更に好ましい。 Furthermore, the coloring material preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, azo pigments, azomethine pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, and quinophthalone pigments, more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments, and even more preferably contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment because this makes the effects of the present invention more pronounced.
 顔料および顔料誘導体の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。なお、本明細書において、顔料および顔料誘導体の一次粒子径は、顔料および顔料誘導体の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。顔料誘導体の平均一次粒子径についても同様である。 The average primary particle diameter of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. In this specification, the primary particle diameter of the pigment and pigment derivative can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment and pigment derivative with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. The average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment. The primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation. The same applies to the average primary particle diameter of the pigment derivative.
 顔料および顔料誘導体の結晶子サイズは、0.1~50nmであることが好ましく、0.5~30nmであることがより好ましく、1~15nmであることが更に好ましい。結晶子サイズはX線回折装置を用いて回折角のピークの半値幅より求めることができ、シェラーの式を用いて算出される。有機顔料および顔料誘導体の結晶子サイズは、製造条件の調整、製造後に粉砕するなどの公知の方法で調整することができる。 The crystallite size of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 0.1 to 50 nm, more preferably 0.5 to 30 nm, and even more preferably 1 to 15 nm. The crystallite size can be determined from the half-width of the diffraction angle peak using an X-ray diffraction device, and is calculated using Scherrer's formula. The crystallite size of the organic pigment and pigment derivative can be adjusted by known methods such as adjusting the production conditions or grinding after production.
 顔料および顔料誘導体の比表面積は1~300m/gであることが好ましい。下限は10m/g以上であることが好ましく、30m/g以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、250m/g以下であることが好ましく、200m/g以下であることがより好ましい。比表面積の値は、BET(Brunauer、EmmettおよびTeller)法に準じてDIN 66131:determination of the specific surface area  of solids by gas adsorption(ガス吸着による固体の比表面積の測定)に従って測定することができる。 The specific surface area of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 300 m 2 /g. The lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more. The upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less. The value of the specific surface area can be measured according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption in accordance with the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method.
 本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、顔料と顔料誘導体とを含むものであることが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体の詳細については後述する。顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して1~30質量部が好ましく、3~20質量部がさらに好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The colorant contained in the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment and a pigment derivative. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a colorant skeleton. Details of the pigment derivative will be described later. The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
 本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、更に染料を含むものであってもよい。染料を含む場合、染料の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して10~100質量部が好ましい。上限は80質量部以下であることが好ましく、70質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は20質量部以上であることが好ましく、30質量部以上であることがより好ましく、40質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。染料は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、染料を実質的に含まないものであることも好ましい。この態様によれば、耐光性や耐熱性に優れた膜を形成することができる。染料を実質的に含まないとは、色材中における染料の含有量が0.1質量%以下であることを意味し、0.01質量%以下であることが好ましく、含有しないことが更に好ましい。
The coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention may further contain a dye. When a dye is contained, the content of the dye is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 70 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 40 parts by mass or more. Only one type of dye may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
It is also preferable that the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention is substantially free of dye. According to this embodiment, a film having excellent light resistance and heat resistance can be formed. "Substantially free of dye" means that the content of the dye in the coloring material is 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and more preferably no dye is contained.
(有彩色色材)
 有彩色色材としては、波長400~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する色材が挙げられる。例えば、黄色色材、オレンジ色色材、赤色色材、緑色色材、紫色色材、青色色材などが挙げられる。耐熱性の観点から有彩色色材は、顔料(有彩色顔料)であることが好ましく、赤色顔料、黄色顔料、及び青色顔料がより好ましく、赤色顔料及び青色顔料が更に好ましい。有彩色顔料の具体例としては、例えば、以下に示すものが挙げられる。
(chromatic colorants)
Examples of chromatic colorants include colorants having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. Examples include yellow colorants, orange colorants, red colorants, green colorants, purple colorants, and blue colorants. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the chromatic colorant is preferably a pigment (chromatic pigment), more preferably a red pigment, a yellow pigment, or a blue pigment, and even more preferably a red pigment or a blue pigment. Specific examples of chromatic pigments include those shown below.
 赤色色材としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール化合物であることがより好ましい。また、赤色色材は赤色顔料であることが好ましい。また、赤色顔料はジケトピロロピロール顔料であることが好ましい。 The red colorant may be a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, anthraquinone compound, an azo compound, a naphthol compound, an azomethine compound, a xanthene compound, a quinacridone compound, a perylene compound, or a thioindigo compound. A diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, an anthraquinone compound, or an azo compound is preferable, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound is more preferable. The red colorant is preferably a red pigment. The red pigment is preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment.
 赤色色材の具体例としては、C.I.(カラーインデックス)ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。また、赤色色材として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0034に記載の化合物、特開2020-085947号公報に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物を用いることもできる。 Specific examples of red colorants include C.I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, Examples of red pigments include 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, and 297. In addition, as a red colorant, a compound described in paragraph 0034 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and a brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in JP-A-2020-085947 can also be used.
 赤色色材としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド122,177,224,254,255,264,269,272が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,264,272がより好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,272が更に好ましい。 As red colorants, C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 224, 254, 255, 264, 269, and 272 are preferred, C.I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. Pigment Red 254 and 272 are even more preferred.
 緑色色材としては、フタロシアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物などが挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましい。また、緑色色材は緑色顔料であることが好ましい。緑色顔料はフタロシアニン顔料であることが好ましい。 Green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, with phthalocyanine compounds being preferred. The green colorant is preferably a green pigment. The green pigment is preferably a phthalocyanine pigment.
 緑色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64,65,66等の緑色顔料が挙げられる。また、緑色色材として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色色材として国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0029に記載の化合物、特開2020-070426号公報に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物などを用いることもできる。 Specific examples of green colorants include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66. In addition, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in one molecule can also be used as green colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720. In addition, compounds described in paragraph 0029 of WO 2022/085485, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP 2020-070426 A, and diarylmethane compounds described in JP 2020-504758 A can also be used as green colorants.
 緑色色材としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,62,63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36,58がより好ましい。 As green colorants, C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62, and 63 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Green 36 and 58 are more preferred.
 オレンジ色色材としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物およびアゾ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物であることが好ましい。オレンジ色色材はオレンジ色顔料であることが好ましい。オレンジ色顔料はジケトピロロピロール顔料であることが好ましい。オレンジ色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等のオレンジ色顔料が挙げられる。 Orange colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds and azo compounds, and are preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds. The orange colorant is preferably an orange pigment. The orange pigment is preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. Specific examples of orange colorants include orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.
 黄色色材としては、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、プテリジン化合物、キノフタロン化合物およびペリレン化合物が挙げられる。黄色色材は、黄色顔料であることが好ましい。黄色顔料は、イソインドリン顔料、キノフタロン顔料およびアゾ顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。黄色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of yellow colorants include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds. The yellow colorant is preferably a yellow pigment. The yellow pigment is preferably at least one selected from isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments. Specific examples of yellow colorants include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125 , 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, and other yellow pigments.
 また、黄色色材としては、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。
Furthermore, as the yellow coloring material, an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.
 また、黄色色材として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0031~0033に記載の化合物、特開2019-073695号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073696号公報に記載のメチン染料を用いることができる。 Also, as yellow colorants, the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0033 of WO 2022/085485, the methine dyes described in JP 2019-073695 A, and the methine dyes described in JP 2019-073696 A can be used.
 紫色色材としては、オキサジン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、インジゴ化合物などが挙げられ、オキサジン化合物であることが好ましい。紫色着色剤は、紫色顔料であることが好ましい。紫色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of purple colorants include oxazine compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and indigo compounds, with oxazine compounds being preferred. The purple colorant is preferably a purple pigment. Specific examples of purple colorants include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
 青色色材としては、フタロシアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物などが挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましい。青色色材は青色顔料であることが好ましい。青色顔料はフタロシアニン顔料であることが好ましい。青色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等の青色顔料が挙げられる。また、青色色材として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of blue colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, and are preferably phthalocyanine compounds. The blue colorant is preferably a blue pigment. The blue pigment is preferably a phthalocyanine pigment. Specific examples of blue colorants include blue pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88. Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
 有彩色色材には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants. There are no particular limitations on the dyes, and any known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo dyes, anilino azo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyrromethene dyes.
 有彩色色材には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物および製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 A dye polymer can also be used as a chromatic colorant. The dye polymer is preferably a dye dissolved in a solvent. The dye polymer may form particles. When the dye polymer is a particle, it is usually used in a state dispersed in a solvent. A particulate dye polymer can be obtained by, for example, emulsion polymerization, and examples of the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682 include the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682. The dye polymer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. There is no particular limit to the upper limit, but it can be 100 or less. The multiple dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye polymer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less. The dye multimer may be a compound described in JP2011-213925A, JP2013-041097A, JP2015-028144A, JP2015-030742A, WO2016/031442, etc.
 有彩色色材として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069442号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069730号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069070号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069067号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069062号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、特許第6809649号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2021-187913号公報に記載のフェノチアジン系化合物、国際公開第2022/004261号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン、国際公開第2021/250883号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニンを用いることができる。他の着色剤は、ロタキサンであってもよく、色素骨格はロタキサンの環状構造に使用されていてもよく、棒状構造に使用されていてもよく、両方の構造に使用されていてもよい。他の着色剤として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0030759号公報の式1で表されるキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0061793号公報に記載の高分子染料、特開2022-029701号公報に記載の着色剤、国際公開第2022/014635号に記載のイソインドリン化合物、国際公開第2022/024926号に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特開2022-045895号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/050051号に記載の化合物、特開2020-090676号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-055956号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-031681号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-056354号公報に記載の化合物、米国特許出願公開第2021/0355327号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/065357号に記載の化合物、特開2020-045436号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2021-0146726号公報に記載の化合物、特開2018-178039号公報に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881244号明細書に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881245号明細書に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881246号明細書に記載の化合物、特開2022-104822号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-096701号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-023652号公報に記載の化合物、色材協会誌(2022年発行)の80~84ページに記載の緑色顔料等を用いることもできる。 As chromatic colorants, there may be mentioned a triarylmethane dye polymer described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, a xanthene compound described in JP 2020-117638 A, a phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2020/174991 A, an isoindoline compound or a salt thereof described in JP 2020-160279 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070 A, Compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2022/004261, and halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2021/250883 can be used. The other colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-shaped structure, or may be used in both structures. Other colorants include quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, polymer dyes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0061793, colorants described in JP-A-2022-029701, isoindoline compounds described in WO 2022/014635, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2022/024926, compounds described in JP-A-2022-045895, compounds described in WO 2022/050051, compounds described in JP-A-2020-090676, compounds described in JP-A-2020-055956, compounds described in JP-A-2021-031681, compounds described in JP-A-2022-056354, and compounds described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. Compounds described in JP 2021/0355327, compounds described in WO 2022/065357, compounds described in JP 2020-045436, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2021-0146726, compounds described in JP 2018-178039, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881244, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881245, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881246, compounds described in JP 2022-104822, compounds described in JP 2022-096701, compounds described in JP 2020-023652, green pigments described on pages 80 to 84 of the Journal of the Color Materials Association (published in 2022), and the like can also be used.
 有彩色色材は、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、有彩色色材は、2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、2種以上の有彩色色材の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。そのような組み合わせとしては、例えば以下の(1)~(7)の態様が挙げられる。樹脂組成物中に有彩色色材を2種以上含み、かつ、2種以上の有彩色色材の組み合わせで黒色を呈している場合においては、本発明の樹脂組成物は、近赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。
(1)赤色色材と青色色材とを含有する態様。
(2)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材とを含有する態様。
(3)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
(4)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(5)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(6)赤色色材と青色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(7)黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
Two or more chromatic coloring materials may be used in combination. When two or more chromatic coloring materials are used in combination, the two or more chromatic coloring materials may form a black color. Examples of such combinations include the following embodiments (1) to (7). When the resin composition contains two or more chromatic coloring materials and exhibits a black color through a combination of two or more chromatic coloring materials, the resin composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a resin composition for forming a near-infrared transmission filter.
(1) An embodiment containing a red color material and a blue color material.
(2) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, and a yellow color material.
(3) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a purple color material.
(4) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, a purple color material, and a green color material.
(5) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, a yellow color material, and a green color material.
(6) An embodiment containing a red color material, a blue color material, and a green color material.
(7) An embodiment containing a yellow color material and a purple color material.
(白色色材)
 白色色材としては、酸化チタン、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸バリウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化アルミニウム、硫酸バリウム、シリカ、タルク、マイカ、水酸化アルミニウム、ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、硫化亜鉛などの無機顔料が挙げられる。白色色材は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0040~0043に記載の白色顔料を使用することができる。
(White color material)
Examples of the white coloring material include inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, and zinc sulfide. The white coloring material can be the white pigment described in paragraphs 0040 to 0043 of WO 2022/085485.
(黒色色材)
 黒色色材としては特に限定されず、公知のものを用いることができる。黒色色材は、無機黒色色材であってもよく、有機黒色色材であってもよい。黒色色材は、顔料であることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、黒色色材は、波長400~700nmの全ての範囲にわたって吸収を示す色材を意味する。
(Black color material)
The black coloring material is not particularly limited, and any known material can be used. The black coloring material may be an inorganic black coloring material or an organic black coloring material. The black coloring material is preferably a pigment. In this specification, the black coloring material means a coloring material that exhibits absorption over the entire wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
 無機黒色色材としては、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、グラファイト等が挙げられ、カーボンブラック、チタンブラックが好ましく、チタンブラックがより好ましい。チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子であり、低次酸化チタンや酸窒化チタンが好ましい。チタンブラックは、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0044に記載のチタンブラックを用いることができる。 Examples of inorganic black colorants include carbon black, titanium black, graphite, etc., with carbon black and titanium black being preferred, and titanium black being more preferred. Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms, and low-order titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride are preferred. As titanium black, the titanium black described in paragraph 0044 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
 有機黒色色材としては、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物などが挙げられ、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、ペリレン化合物が好ましい。有機黒色色材は、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0166に記載の化合物を用いることができる。また、有機黒色色材としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落0016~0020に記載のペリレンブラック(Lumogen Black FK4280等)を使用しても良い。 Examples of organic black coloring materials include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, with bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds being preferred. As the organic black coloring material, the compounds described in paragraph number 0166 of WO 2022/065215 can be used. In addition, perylene black (Lumogen Black FK4280, etc.) described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP 2017-226821 A can also be used as the organic black coloring material.
(近赤外線吸収色材)
 近赤外線吸収色材は、極大吸収波長を波長700nmよりも長波長側に有する化合物であることが好ましい。近赤外線吸収色材は波長700nmを超え1800nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが好ましく、波長700nmを超え1400nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることがより好ましく、波長700nmを超え1200nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが更に好ましく、波長700nmを超え1000nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。また、近赤外線吸収色材の波長500nmにおける吸光度Aと極大吸収波長における吸光度Aとの比率A/Aが0.08以下であることが好ましく、0.04以下であることがより好ましい。また、近赤外線吸収色材は、顔料であることが好ましく、有機顔料であることがより好ましい。
(Near infrared absorbing colorant)
The near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength longer than 700 nm. The near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1800 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1400 nm, even more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1200 nm, and particularly preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm to 1000 nm. In addition, the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the near-infrared absorbing colorant and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less. In addition, the near-infrared absorbing colorant is preferably a pigment, more preferably an organic pigment.
 近赤外線吸収色材としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0114に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、赤外線吸収色材としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0121に記載の化合物、特開2020-075959号公報に記載されたスクアリリウム化合物、 韓国公開特許第10-2019-0135217号公報に記載の銅錯体、特開2021-195515号公報に記載のクロコン酸化合物、特開2022-022070号公報に記載の近赤外線吸収性色素を用いることもできる。 Near-infrared absorbing colorants include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, etc. Specific examples of these include the compounds described in paragraph 0114 of WO 2022/065215. In addition, as the infrared absorbing colorant, the compound described in paragraph 0121 of WO 2022/065215, the squarylium compound described in JP 2020-075959 A, the copper complex described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0135217, the croconic acid compound described in JP 2021-195515 A, and the near infrared absorbing dye described in JP 2022-022070 A can also be used.
(顔料誘導体)
 本発明において、色材には顔料誘導体を用いることもできる。本発明では、顔料と顔料誘導体を併用することが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。
(Pigment derivatives)
In the present invention, a pigment derivative can also be used as the coloring material. In the present invention, it is preferable to use a pigment and a pigment derivative in combination. Examples of the pigment derivative include a compound having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a color skeleton.
 顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、キノリン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、スクアリリウム色素骨格、クロコニウム色素骨格、オキソノール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、アゾメチン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、チオインジゴ色素骨格、イソインドリン色素骨格、イソインドリノン色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、ジチオール色素骨格、トリアリールメタン色素骨格、ピロメテン色素骨格等が挙げられる。  Examples of the pigment skeletons that make up the pigment derivatives include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, an azo dye skeleton, an azomethine dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, an anthraquinone dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, a dioxazine dye skeleton, a perinone dye skeleton, a perylene dye skeleton, a thioindigo dye skeleton, an isoindoline dye skeleton, an isoindolinone dye skeleton, a quinophthalone dye skeleton, a dithiol dye skeleton, a triarylmethane dye skeleton, and a pyrromethene dye skeleton.
 酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。カルボン酸アミド基としては、-NHCORX1で表される基が好ましい。スルホン酸アミド基としては、-NHSOX2で表される基が好ましい。イミド酸基としては、-SONHSOX3、-CONHSOX4、-CONHCORX5または-SONHCORX6で表される基が好ましく、-SONHSOX3がより好ましい。RX1~RX6は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。RX1~RX6が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion. Examples of the carboxylic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHCOR X1 . Examples of the sulfonic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 . Examples of the imide acid group include a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 , or -SO 2 NHCOR X6 , and more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 . R x1 to R x6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R x1 to R x6 may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, and more preferably a fluorine atom.
 塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and their salts, ammonium salts, and phthalimidomethyl groups. Atoms or atomic groups that make up the salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0124に記載の化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩、特許第6996282号の一般式(1)に記載のイソインドリン骨格を有する化合物などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of pigment derivatives include the compounds described in the Examples below, the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, the benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, and compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における色材の含有量は50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上であることが好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、77.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、75質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the colorant in the total solid content of the resin composition is 50% by mass or more, preferably 55% by mass or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 77.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 75% by mass or less.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における顔料の含有量は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、45質量%以上であることがより好ましく、55質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、77.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、75質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物によれば、顔料の含有量が高い場合であっても、保存安定性に優れるので、顔料の含有量が高い場合において本発明の効果がより顕著に奏される。 The pigment content in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 45% by mass or more, and even more preferably 55% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 77.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 75% by mass or less. The resin composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability even when the pigment content is high, so that the effect of the present invention is more pronounced when the pigment content is high.
 色材中における顔料の含有量は、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、50~100質量%であることがより好ましく、70~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。また、色材中における顔料と顔料誘導体の合計の含有量は、25~100質量%であることが好ましく、55~100質量%であることがより好ましく、75~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the pigment in the coloring material is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 100% by mass. The total content of the pigment and pigment derivative in the coloring material is preferably 25 to 100% by mass, more preferably 55 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 75 to 100% by mass.
<<樹脂B>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は樹脂B(以下、樹脂と記す)を含む。樹脂は、例えば、顔料などを樹脂組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料などを樹脂組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。
<<Resin B>>
The resin composition of the present invention contains resin B (hereinafter referred to as resin). The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments in the resin composition or for use as a binder. A resin used mainly for dispersing pigments in a resin composition is also called a dispersant. However, such uses of the resin are merely examples, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than such uses.
(特定樹脂)
 本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂は、式(b1-1)で表される繰り返し単位b1と酸基を有する繰り返し単位b2とを有する樹脂b(以下、特定樹脂ともいう)を含む。以下、特定樹脂について説明する。
(Specific resin)
The resin contained in the resin composition of the present invention includes a resin b (hereinafter also referred to as a specific resin) having a repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) and a repeating unit b2 having an acid group. The specific resin will be described below.
[繰り返し単位b1]
 特定樹脂は、式(b1-1)で表される繰り返し単位b1(以下、繰り返し単位b1ともいう)を含む。
 式(b1-1)中、Rb11は水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、
 Rb12は、多環芳香族環基、炭素数3~8の無置換のアルキル基、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有する単環の芳香族炭化水素基、または、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有していてもよい単環の芳香族複素環基を表す。
[Repeating unit b1]
The specific resin contains a repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b1).
In formula (b1-1), R b11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R b12 represents a polycyclic aromatic ring group, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent.
 Rb11が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。Rb11は、水素原子またはメチル基であることが好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b11 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1. R b11 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rb12が表す多環芳香族環基は、多環の芳香族炭化水素基であってもよく、多環の芳香族複素環基であってもよい。樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上できるという理由から多環の芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
 多環芳香族環基に含まれる環構造の数は、2~10であることが好ましい。上限は8以下であることが好ましく、5以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上できるという理由から3以上であることが好ましく、4以上であることがより好ましい。
 多環芳香族環基の具体例としては、ナフタレン環基、アントラセン環基、アセナフテン環基、アセナフチレン環基、フェナレン環基、フェナントレン環基、フルオレン環基、ピレン環基、キノリン環基、イソキノリン環基、キノキサリン環基、ペンタセン環基、ベンゾピレン環基、クリセン基、トリフェニレン基、コランニュレン環基、コロネン基、オバレン環基などが挙げられる。
 多環芳香族環基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tが挙げられる。置換基は、電子求引性基または電子供与性基であってもよい。ここで、電子求引性基とは、水素原子と比較して結合している原子側に電子を引きつけやすい置換基のことであり、電子供与性基とは、水素原子と比較して結合している原子側に電子を与えやすい置換基のことである。電子求引性基の具体例としては、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、スルホニル基などが挙げられ、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子またはハロゲン化アルキル基であることが好ましい。電子供与性基の具体例としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基またはアミノ基であることが好ましい。
The polycyclic aromatic ring group represented by R b12 may be a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. A polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable because it can further improve the storage stability of the resin composition.
The number of ring structures contained in the polycyclic aromatic ring group is preferably 2 to 10. The upper limit is preferably 8 or less, and more preferably 5 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 4 or more, for the reason that the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
Specific examples of the polycyclic aromatic ring group include a naphthalene ring group, an anthracene ring group, an acenaphthene ring group, an acenaphthylene ring group, a phenalene ring group, a phenanthrene ring group, a fluorene ring group, a pyrene ring group, a quinoline ring group, an isoquinoline ring group, a quinoxaline ring group, a pentacene ring group, a benzopyrene ring group, a chrysene group, a triphenylene group, a corannulene ring group, a coronene group, and an ovalene ring group.
The polycyclic aromatic ring group may or may not have a substituent. The substituent may be a substituent T described later. The substituent may be an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group. Here, the electron-withdrawing group is a substituent that is more likely to attract electrons to the atom to which it is bonded compared to a hydrogen atom, and the electron-donating group is a substituent that is more likely to donate electrons to the atom to which it is bonded compared to a hydrogen atom. Specific examples of the electron-withdrawing group include a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, and a sulfonyl group, and it is preferably a cyano group, a halogen atom, or a halogenated alkyl group. Specific examples of the electron-donating group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, and an amino group, and it is preferably an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, or an amino group.
 Rb12が表す無置換のアルキル基の炭素数は、3~8であり、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができるという理由から4~8であることが好ましく、5~8であることが更に好ましい。Rb12が表す無置換のアルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができるという理由から、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the unsubstituted alkyl group represented by R b12 is 3 to 8, and from the viewpoint of further improving the storage stability of the resin composition, it is preferably 4 to 8, and more preferably 5 to 8. The unsubstituted alkyl group represented by R b12 may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but from the viewpoint of further improving the storage stability of the resin composition, it is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
 Rb12が表す単環の芳香族炭化水素基としては、ベンゼン環基が挙げられる。
 Rb12が表す単環の芳香族複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、窒素原子を含むことがより好ましい。芳香族複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~4であることが好ましく、1~3であることがより好ましく、1または2であることが更に好ましい。上記単環の芳香族複素環基は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましく、6員環であることがより好ましい。
The monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R b12 may be a benzene ring group.
The heteroatoms constituting the ring of the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R b12 preferably contain at least one selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and more preferably contain a nitrogen atom. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 or 2. The monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, and more preferably a 6-membered ring.
 R12bが表す上記単環の芳香族炭化水素基が有する電子求引性基、および、R12bが表す上記単環の芳香族複素環基が有していてもよい電子求引性基としては、上述した電子求引性基が挙げられる。 Examples of the electron-withdrawing group which the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R 12b has and the electron-withdrawing group which the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R 12b may have include the electron-withdrawing groups described above.
 上記単環の芳香族炭化水素基は、芳香族炭化水素基のパラ位に電子求引性基を有していることが好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。上記単環の芳香族炭化水素基および上記単環の芳香族複素環基は、電子求引性基を2以上有していてもよい。 The monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has an electron-withdrawing group at the para position of the aromatic hydrocarbon group. According to this embodiment, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved. The monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group and the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group may have two or more electron-withdrawing groups.
 Rb12が表す単環の芳香族炭化水素基が有する電子供与性基、および、Rb12が表す単環の芳香族複素環基が有していてもよい電子供与性基としては、上述した電子供与性基が挙げられる。上記単環の芳香族炭化水素基および上記単環の芳香族複素環基は、電子供与性基を2以上有していてもよい。 Examples of the electron donating group contained in the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R b12 and the electron donating group that may be contained in the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group represented by R b12 include the electron donating groups described above. The monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group and the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group may have two or more electron donating groups.
 式(b1-1)のRb12は、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有する単環の芳香族炭化水素基、または、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有していてもよい単環の芳香族複素環基であることが好ましく、電子求引性基を有する単環の芳香族環基であることがより好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。詳細な理由は不明であるが、Rb12がこのような官能基であることにより、Rb12と結合しているアミド基(-NHCO-)の電子状態を変化させて、顔料との吸着性をより向上させることができたためであると推測される。 R b12 in formula (b1-1) is preferably a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, and more preferably a monocyclic aromatic ring group having an electron-withdrawing group. According to this embodiment, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved. Although the detailed reason is unclear, it is speculated that because R b12 is such a functional group, the electronic state of the amide group (-NHCO-) bonded to R b12 can be changed, thereby further improving the adsorptivity to the pigment.
 上述した置換基Tとして、次の基が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルキニル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のアミノ基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールオキシ基)、ヘテロ環オキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環オキシ基)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニル基)、ヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルオキシ基)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルアミノ基)、アミノカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアミノカルボニルアミノ基)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイル基)、スルファモイルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイルアミノ基)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のカルバモイル基)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルチオ基)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールチオ基)、ヘテロ環チオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環チオ基)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニル基)、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニルアミノ基)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニル基)、アリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニルアミノ基)、ヘテロ環スルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環スルホニル基)、ヘテロ環スルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環スルホニルアミノ基)、アルキルスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルフィニル基)、アリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルフィニル基)、ヘテロ環スルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロ環スルフィニル基)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のウレイド基)、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルキルスルフィノ基、アリールスルフィノ基、アリールアゾ基、ヘテロ環アゾ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、シリル基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基。これらの基は、更に置換可能な基である場合、更に置換基を有してもよい。 Examples of the above-mentioned substituent T include the following groups: halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, iodine atoms), alkyl groups (preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably alkenyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkynyl groups (preferably alkynyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably aryl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic groups (preferably heterocyclic groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), amino groups (preferably amino groups having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (preferably alkoxy groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxy groups (preferably aryloxy groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic oxy groups (preferably heterocyclic oxy groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), acyl groups (preferably acyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl groups (preferably aryloxy groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), 0 alkoxycarbonyl group), aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group (preferably a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), acyloxy group (preferably an acyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), acylamino group (preferably an acylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aminocarbonylamino group (preferably an aminocarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfamoyl group (preferably a sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfamoylamino a sulfamoylamino group (preferably a sulfamoylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), a carbamoyl group (preferably a carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylthio group (preferably an arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic thio group (preferably a heterocyclic thio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonylamino group (preferably an alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylsulfonyl group (preferably an arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylsulfonylamino group (preferably an arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic sulfonyl group (preferably a heterocyclic sulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), ring sulfonyl group), heterocyclic sulfonylamino group (preferably a heterocyclic sulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylsulfinyl group (preferably an alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfinyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heterocyclic sulfinyl group (preferably a heterocyclic sulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), ureido group (preferably a ureido group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, nitro group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonic acid amide group, imido group, phosphino group, mercapto group, cyano group, alkylsulfino group, arylsulfino group, arylazo group, heterocyclic azo group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, silyl group, hydrazino group, imino group. When these groups are further substitutable groups, they may further have a substituent.
 繰り返し単位b1の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の繰り返し単位A-1~A-33が挙げられる。 Specific examples of repeating unit b1 include repeating units A-1 to A-33 described in the examples below.
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b1の含有量は1~95質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b1の含有量は5~90モル%であることが好ましく、5~75モル%であることがより好ましく、5~60モル%であることが更に好ましく、顔料の凝集をより効果的に抑制でき、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができるという理由から5~55モル%であることが特に好ましい。下限は、7.5モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%以上であることがより好ましく、12.5モル%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は53.5モル%以下であることが好ましく、52モル%以下であることがより好ましく、50.5モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 特定樹脂において、繰り返し単位b1と繰り返し単位b2との合計モル量中における、繰り返し単位b1の含有量は10~90モル%であることが好ましく、保存安定性をより向上させることができるという理由から、20~70モル%であることがより好ましい。下限は、22.5モル%以上であることが好ましく、25モル%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、67.5モル%以下であることが好ましく、65モル%以下であることがより好ましく、62.5モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit b1 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 95% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 2.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The content of the repeating unit b1 in the specific resin is preferably 5 to 90 mol%, more preferably 5 to 75 mol%, and even more preferably 5 to 60 mol%, and is particularly preferably 5 to 55 mol% because it can more effectively suppress pigment aggregation and further improve the storage stability of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 7.5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and even more preferably 12.5 mol% or more. The upper limit is preferably 53.5 mol% or less, more preferably 52 mol% or less, and even more preferably 50.5 mol% or less.
In the specific resin, the content of the repeating unit b1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit b1 and the repeating unit b2 is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 70 mol% because storage stability can be further improved. The lower limit is preferably 22.5 mol% or more, and more preferably 25 mol% or more. The upper limit is preferably 67.5 mol% or less, more preferably 65 mol% or less, and even more preferably 62.5 mol% or less.
[繰り返し単位b2]
 特定樹脂は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位b2(以下、繰り返し単位b2ともいう)を含む。
[Repeating unit b2]
The specific resin contains a repeating unit b2 having an acid group (hereinafter, also referred to as repeating unit b2).
 繰り返し単位b2が有する酸基としては、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基およびフェノール性ヒドロキシ基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基であることが好ましい。 The acid group contained in the repeating unit b2 includes a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group, and is preferably a carboxy group.
 繰り返し単位b2に含まれる酸基の個数は1個であってもよく、2個以上であってもよい。繰り返し単位b2に含まれる酸基の個数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1個または2個であることがより好ましい。 The number of acid groups contained in the repeating unit b2 may be 1 or 2 or more. The number of acid groups contained in the repeating unit b2 is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
 繰り返し単位b2としては、下記式(b2-1)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
An example of the repeating unit b2 is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (b2-1).
 式(b2-1)のRb21~Rb23は、それぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。Rb21~Rb23が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。 In formula (b2-1), R b21 to R b23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group represented by R b21 to R b23 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1.
 式(b2-1)のLb21は、単結合またはn2+1価の連結基を表す。ただし、n2が2以上の場合は、Lb21は、n2+1価の連結基である。
 Lb21が表すn2+1価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよい。炭化水素基の炭素数は1~30であることが好ましく、1~20であることがより好ましく、1~12であることが更に好ましい。炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としてはヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。
In formula (b2-1), L b21 represents a single bond or an (n2+1) valent linking group, provided that when n2 is 2 or greater, L b21 is an (n2+1) valent linking group.
Examples of the n2+1-valent linking group represented by L b21 include a hydrocarbon group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group consisting of two or more of these. The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and a halogen atom.
 式(b2-1)のAb21は酸基を表す。Ab21が表す酸基としては、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基およびフェノール性ヒドロキシ基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基であることが好ましい。 In formula (b2-1), A b21 represents an acid group. Examples of the acid group represented by A b21 include a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group, and is preferably a carboxy group.
 式(b2-1)のn2は1以上の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましい。 In formula (b2-1), n2 represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
 繰り返し単位b2の具体例としては、以下に示す構造の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the repeating unit b2 include repeating units having the structures shown below.
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b2の含有量は1~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b2の含有量は1~80モル%であることが好ましい。下限は、5モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、70モル%以下であることが好ましく、60モル%以下であることがより好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit b2 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 2.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The content of the repeating unit b2 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 80 mol %. The lower limit is preferably 5 mol % or more, and more preferably 10 mol % or more. The upper limit is preferably 70 mol % or less, and more preferably 60 mol % or less.
[繰り返し単位b3]
 特定樹脂は、上記繰り返し単位b1および繰り返し単位b2の他に、更にグラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位b3(以下、繰り返し単位b3ともいう)を含むことが好ましい。特定樹脂が繰り返し単位b3を含むことで、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上できる。更には、顔料の分散性をより向上でき、粗大粒子の発生も抑制できる。
[Repeating unit b3]
In addition to the repeating unit b1 and the repeating unit b2, the specific resin preferably further contains a repeating unit b3 having a graft chain (hereinafter, also referred to as repeating unit b3). When the specific resin contains the repeating unit b3, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved. Furthermore, the dispersibility of the pigment can be further improved, and the generation of coarse particles can be suppressed.
 繰り返し単位b3が有するグラフト鎖としては、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造、ポリスチレン構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むポリマー鎖が挙げられ、ポリエーテル構造およびポリエステル構造から選ばれる構造の繰り返し単位を含むポリマー鎖であることが好ましく、ポリエーテル構造のポリマー鎖であることがより好ましい。また、上記ポリエーテル構造のポリマー鎖は、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含むポリマー鎖であることが好ましい。すなわち、グラフト鎖は、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含むポリマー鎖であることが好ましい。 The graft chain of the repeating unit b3 may be a polymer chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, a polystyrene structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure, and is preferably a polymer chain containing a repeating unit of a structure selected from a polyether structure and a polyester structure, and more preferably a polymer chain of a polyether structure. In addition, the polymer chain of the polyether structure is preferably a polymer chain containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure. In other words, the graft chain is preferably a polymer chain containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
 ここで、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造とは、アルキレンオキシ基を繰り返し単位とし、2個以上のアルキレンオキシ基で構成された構造のことである。ポリアルキレンオキシ構造は、1種のアルキレンオキシ基で構成されていてもよく、2種のアルキレンオキシ基で構成されていてもよい。ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を構成するアルキレンオキシ基の炭素数は、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、2または3が更に好ましく、2が特に好ましい。ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を構成するアルキレンオキシ基の数は、4~40個であることが好ましい。下限は、5個以上であることが好ましく、8個以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、35個以下であることが好ましく、30個以下であることがより好ましい。 Here, the polyalkyleneoxy structure refers to a structure composed of two or more alkyleneoxy groups, with the alkyleneoxy group being the repeating unit. The polyalkyleneoxy structure may be composed of one type of alkyleneoxy group, or may be composed of two types of alkyleneoxy groups. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneoxy group constituting the polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2. The number of alkyleneoxy groups constituting the polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably 4 to 40. The lower limit is preferably 5 or more, and more preferably 8 or more. The upper limit is preferably 35 or less, and more preferably 30 or less.
 上記ポリアルキレンオキシ構造は、ポリテトラメチレンオキシ構造、ポリプロピレンオキシ構造、ポリエチレンオキシ構造、ポリテトラメチレンオキシーポリエチレンオキシ共重合構造およびポリプロピレンオキシーポリエチレンオキシ共重合構造が好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシ構造、ポリテトラメチレンオキシーポリエチレンオキシ共重合構造およびポリプロピレンオキシーポリエチレンオキシ共重合構造がより好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシ構造が更に好ましい。 The polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably a polytetramethyleneoxy structure, a polypropyleneoxy structure, a polyethyleneoxy structure, a polytetramethyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure, or a polypropyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure, more preferably a polyethyleneoxy structure, a polytetramethyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure, or a polypropyleneoxy-polyethyleneoxy copolymer structure, and even more preferably a polyethyleneoxy structure.
 上記グラフト鎖の末端構造としては、特に限定されない。水素原子であってもよく、置換基であってもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基等が挙げられる。
 アルキル基およびアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。アルキル基及びアルコキシ基は、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましい。アルキル基およびアルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基などが挙げられる。アルキル基およびアルコキシ基は無置換のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 アリール基およびアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基およびアリールオキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基などが挙げられる。
The terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, and an aryloxy group.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group and alkoxy group is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 20. The alkyl group and alkoxy group are preferably linear or branched. The alkyl group and alkoxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an aryl group. The alkyl group and alkoxy group are preferably unsubstituted alkyl groups.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group and the aryloxy group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and still more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group and the aryloxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an alkyl group.
 グラフト鎖がポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含むポリマー鎖である場合、その末端構造は、水素原子またはアルキル基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましい。 When the graft chain is a polymer chain containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure, the terminal structure is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group.
 なお、グラフト鎖とは、主鎖から枝分かれした分子鎖のことを意味する。また、主鎖とは、分岐点が最も多い分子鎖のことを意味する。 Note that a graft chain refers to a molecular chain that branches off from a main chain. Also, a main chain refers to a molecular chain that has the most branch points.
 グラフト鎖の重量平均分子量は500~30000であることが好ましく、1000~10000であることがより好ましく、1000~10000であることが更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the graft chain is preferably 500 to 30,000, more preferably 1,000 to 10,000, and even more preferably 1,000 to 10,000.
 繰り返し単位b3としては、下記式(b3-1)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
An example of the repeating unit b3 is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (b3-1).
 式(b3-1)のRb31~Rb33は、それぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。Rb31~Rb33が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。 In formula (b3-1), R b31 to R b33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group represented by R b31 to R b33 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1.
 式(b3-1)のLb31は、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。Lb31が表す2価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよい。炭化水素基の炭素数は1~30であることが好ましく、1~20であることがより好ましく、1~12であることが更に好ましい。炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としてはヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。 L b31 in formula (b3-1) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L b31 include a hydrocarbon group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these. The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 12. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and a halogen atom.
 式(b3-1)のAb31はグラフト鎖を表す。Ab31が表すグラフト鎖の好ましい範囲は上述した内容と同様である。 In formula (b3-1), A b31 represents a graft chain. The preferred range of the graft chain represented by A b31 is the same as that described above.
 繰り返し単位b3の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の繰り返し単位D-1~D-7が挙げられる。 Specific examples of repeating unit b3 include repeating units D-1 to D-7 described in the examples below.
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b3の含有量は1~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、15質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、75質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b3の含有量は1~50モル%であることが好ましい。下限は、1.5モル%以上であることが好ましく、2.0モル%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、40モル%以下であることが好ましく、30モル%以下であることがより好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit b3 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 15% by mass or more, and more preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 75% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less.
The content of the repeating unit b3 in the specific resin is preferably 1 to 50 mol %. The lower limit is preferably 1.5 mol % or more, and more preferably 2.0 mol % or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 mol % or less, and more preferably 30 mol % or less.
[繰り返し単位b4]
 特定樹脂は、更に架橋性基を有する繰り返し単位b4(以下、繰り返し単位b4ともいう)を含むことができる。
[Repeating unit b4]
The specific resin may further include a repeating unit b4 having a crosslinkable group (hereinafter, also referred to as repeating unit b4).
 繰り返し単位b4が有する架橋性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられ、エポキシ基が好ましい。エポキシ基は、脂環式エポキシ基であってもよい。なお、脂環式エポキシ基とは、エポキシ環と飽和炭化水素環とが縮合した環状構造を有する1価の官能基のことを意味する。 The crosslinkable group contained in the repeating unit b4 includes an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, and the epoxy group is preferred. The epoxy group may be an alicyclic epoxy group. The alicyclic epoxy group refers to a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.
 繰り返し単位b4としては、下記式(b4-1)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
An example of the repeating unit b4 is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (b4-1).
 式(b4-1)のRb41~Rb43は、それぞれ独立して水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。Rb41~Rb43が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。 In formula (b4-1), R b41 to R b43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group represented by R b41 to R b43 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1.
 式(b4-1)のLb41は、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。Lb41が表す2価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよい。炭化水素基の炭素数は1~30であることが好ましく、1~20であることがより好ましく、1~12であることが更に好ましい。炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としてはヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。 L b41 in formula (b4-1) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L b41 include a hydrocarbon group, -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these. The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 12. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and a halogen atom.
 式(b4-1)のAb41は架橋性基を表す。 A b41 in formula (b4-1) represents a crosslinkable group.
 繰り返し単位b4の具体例としては、以下に示す構造の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the repeating unit b4 include repeating units having the structures shown below.
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b4の含有量は70質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、50質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、下限は、2.5質量%以上とすることもでき、5質量%以上とすることもできる。
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b4の含有量は50モル%以下であることが好ましく、40モル%以下であることがより好ましく、30モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、1モル%以上とすることができ、2.5モル%以上とすることもでき、5モル%以上とすることもできる。
The content of the repeating unit b4 in the specific resin is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less. The lower limit may be 2.5% by mass or more, or 5% by mass or more.
The content of the repeating unit b4 in the specific resin is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit can be 1 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, or 5 mol% or more.
[繰り返し単位b5]
 特定樹脂は、上述した繰り返し単位b1~b4以外の繰り返し単位b5(以下、繰り返し単位b5ともいう)を更に含んでいてもよい。
[Repeating unit b5]
The specific resin may further contain a repeating unit b5 (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit b5) other than the repeating units b1 to b4 described above.
 繰り返し単位b5としては、アルキル基、フェニル基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、シアノ基などの官能基を有する繰り返し単位などが挙げられる。繰り返し単位b5の具体例としては、以下に示す構造の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Examples of the repeating unit b5 include repeating units having a functional group such as an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, etc. Specific examples of the repeating unit b5 include repeating units having the structures shown below.
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b5の含有量は50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、下限は、2.5質量%以上とすることもでき、5.0質量%以上とすることもできる。
 特定樹脂中における繰り返し単位b4の含有量は50モル%以下であることが好ましく、40モル%以下であることがより好ましく、30モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、1モル%以上とすることができ、2.5モル%以上とすることもでき、5モル%以上とすることもできる。
The content of the repeating unit b5 in the specific resin is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less. The lower limit may be 2.5% by mass or more, or 5.0% by mass or more.
The content of the repeating unit b4 in the specific resin is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit can be 1 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, or 5 mol% or more.
[特定樹脂の具体例]
 特定樹脂の具体例としては、後述する実施例に示す樹脂P1~P98が挙げられる。
[Specific examples of specific resins]
Specific examples of the specific resin include resins P1 to P98 shown in the examples described below.
[特定樹脂の物性]
 特定樹脂の酸価は、10~300mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。上限は、250mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、20mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、40mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。特定樹脂の酸価が上記範囲であれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性に優れる。更には樹脂組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好であり、樹脂組成物中での粗大粒子の発生などもより効果的に抑制することができる。更にまた、フォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成した際において、現像残渣の発生もより効果的に抑制できる。
[Physical properties of specific resin]
The acid value of the specific resin is preferably 10 to 300 mgKOH/g. The upper limit is preferably 250 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more. If the acid value of the specific resin is within the above range, the storage stability of the resin composition is excellent. Furthermore, the dispersibility of the pigment in the resin composition is good, and the generation of coarse particles in the resin composition can be more effectively suppressed. Furthermore, when a pattern is formed by a photolithography method, the generation of development residues can also be more effectively suppressed.
 特定樹脂の重量平均分子量は、3000~100000であることが好ましい。下限は、5000以上であることが好ましく、8000以上であることがより好ましく、10000以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、80000以下であることが好ましく、60000以下であることがより好ましく、50000以下であることが更に好ましい。特定樹脂の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性に優れる。更には樹脂組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好であり、樹脂組成物中での粗大粒子の発生などもより効果的に抑制することができる。更にまた、フォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成した際において、現像残渣の発生もより効果的に抑制できる。 The weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is preferably 3,000 to 100,000. The lower limit is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 8,000 or more, and even more preferably 10,000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 80,000 or less, more preferably 60,000 or less, and even more preferably 50,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is within the above range, the storage stability of the resin composition is excellent. Furthermore, the dispersibility of the pigment in the resin composition is good, and the generation of coarse particles in the resin composition can be more effectively suppressed. Furthermore, the generation of development residues can be more effectively suppressed when a pattern is formed by photolithography.
 特定樹脂の下記式(Aλ)で表される比吸光度は、3以下であることが好ましく、2以下であることがより好ましく、1以下であることが更に好ましい。
 E=A/(c×l)   ・・・(Aλ
 式(Aλ)中、Eは、波長400~800nmでの最大吸収波長における特定樹脂の比吸光度を表し、
 Aは、波長400~800nmでの最大吸収波長における特定樹脂の吸光度を表し、
 lは、単位がcmで表されるセル長を表し、
 cは、単位がmg/mlで表される、溶液中の特定樹脂の濃度を表す。
The specific absorbance of the specific resin, represented by the following formula (A λ ), is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, and even more preferably 1 or less.
E=A/(c×l) ...(A λ )
In the formula (A λ ), E represents the specific absorbance of a specific resin at a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 800 nm,
A represents the absorbance of a specific resin at the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 800 nm,
l represents the cell length in cm,
c represents the concentration of the particular resin in the solution, expressed in mg/ml.
 特定樹脂が架橋性基を有する場合、特定樹脂の架橋性基量は、0.01~2.5mmol/gであることが好ましい。下限は、0.2mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、0.5mmol/g以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、2mmol/g以下であることが好ましく、1.5mmol/g以下であることがより好ましい。特定樹脂の架橋性基量が上記範囲であれば、樹脂組成物中における顔料の分散性および樹脂組成物の硬化性が良好である。なお、特定樹脂の架橋性基量とは、特定樹脂の固形分1gあたりの架橋性基のモル量を表した数値である。 When the specific resin has crosslinkable groups, the amount of crosslinkable groups in the specific resin is preferably 0.01 to 2.5 mmol/g. The lower limit is preferably 0.2 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 0.5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 2 mmol/g or less, and more preferably 1.5 mmol/g or less. If the amount of crosslinkable groups in the specific resin is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the resin composition and the curability of the resin composition are good. The amount of crosslinkable groups in the specific resin is a numerical value that represents the molar amount of crosslinkable groups per gram of solid content of the specific resin.
(他の樹脂)
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述した特定樹脂とは異なる樹脂(以下、他の樹脂ともいう)を含有することができる。
(Other resins)
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a resin (hereinafter, also referred to as "other resin") different from the specific resin described above.
 他の樹脂としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、(メタ)アクリルアミド樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、シロキサン樹脂などが挙げられる。また、他の樹脂としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0091~0099に記載の樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂、国際公開第2022/030445号に記載のエポキシ基と酸基を含む共重合体、特開2018-135514号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Other resins include, for example, (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, and siloxane resins. Other resins include the resins described in paragraphs 0091 to 0099 of WO 2022/065215, the blocked polyisocyanate resins described in JP 2016-222891 A, the resins described in JP 2020-122052 A, the resins described in JP 2020-111656 A, the resins described in JP 2020-139021 A, and the resins described in JP 2017-138503 A having a ring structure in the main chain and a side chain Resins containing structural units having a biphenyl group in the chain, resins described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP 2020-186373 A, alkali-soluble resins described in JP 2020-186325 A, resins represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 A, copolymers containing epoxy groups and acid groups described in WO 2022/030445 A, and compounds described in JP 2018-135514 A can also be used.
 他の樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the other resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
 他の樹脂としては、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 As the other resin, it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.
 酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、40mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、300mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。酸基を有する樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5000~100000が好ましく、5000~50000がより好ましい。また、酸基を有する樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、1000~20000が好ましい。 The acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 50,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
 酸基を有する樹脂は、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を樹脂の全繰り返し単位中5~70モル%含むことがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の上限は、50モル%以下であることが好ましく、30モル%以下であることがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限は、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、20モル%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group on the side chain, and more preferably contains 5 to 70 mol% of the repeating units having an acid group on the side chain out of all the repeating units of the resin. The upper limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, and more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, and more preferably 20 mol% or more.
 酸基を有する樹脂については、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0558~0571(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0235099号明細書の段落番号0685~0700)の記載、特開2012-198408号公報の段落番号0076~0099の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、酸基を有する樹脂は市販品を用いることもできる。また、樹脂への酸基の導入方法としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、特許第6349629号公報に記載の方法が挙げられる。更に、樹脂への酸基の導入方法としては、エポキシ基の開環反応で生じたヒドロキシ基に酸無水物を反応させて酸基を導入する方法も挙げられる。 For the resin having an acid group, the description in paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of JP 2012-208494 A (corresponding paragraphs 0685 to 0700 of the specification of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099) and the description in paragraphs 0076 to 0099 of JP 2012-198408 A can be referred to, and the contents of these are incorporated herein. In addition, a commercially available product can also be used as the resin having an acid group. In addition, there is no particular restriction on the method of introducing an acid group into the resin, but an example of the method is the method described in Japanese Patent No. 6349629 A. Furthermore, as a method of introducing an acid group into a resin, a method of reacting an acid anhydride with a hydroxyl group generated by a ring-opening reaction of an epoxy group to introduce an acid group can also be used.
 他の樹脂としては、塩基性基を有する樹脂を用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂は、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有する共重合体であることがより好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と、塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有するブロック共重合体であることが更に好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂のアミン価は、5~300mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、10mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下がより好ましい。 As another resin, a resin having a basic group can be used. The resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, more preferably a copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group, and even more preferably a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group. The resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant. The amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
 塩基性基を有する樹脂の市販品としては、DISPERBYK-161、162、163、164、166、167、168、174、182、183、184、185、2000、2001、2050、2150、2163、2164、BYK-LPN6919(以上、ビックケミー社製)、ソルスパース11200、13240、13650、13940、24000、26000、28000、32000、32500、32550、32600、33000、34750、35100、35200、37500、38500、39000、53095、56000、7100(以上、日本ルーブリゾール社製)、Efka PX 4300、4330、4046、4060、4080(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。また、塩基性基を有する樹脂は、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1、特開2019-184763号公報の段落番号0150~0153に記載された塩基性基を有するビニル樹脂を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Commercially available resins with basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24 000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (all manufactured by Lubrizol Japan), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (all manufactured by BASF), and the like. In addition, the resin having a basic group may be a block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP 2014-219665 A, a block copolymer A1 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP 2018-156021 A, or a vinyl resin having a basic group described in paragraphs 0150 to 0153 of JP 2019-184763 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 他の樹脂は、酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とを用いることも好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上できる。酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とを併用する場合、塩基性基を有する樹脂の含有量は、酸基を有する樹脂の100質量部に対して20~500質量部であることが好ましく、30~300質量部であることがより好ましく、50~200質量部であることが更に好ましい。 As the other resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group. According to this embodiment, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved. When a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group are used in combination, the content of the resin having a basic group is preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 300 parts by mass, and even more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group.
 他の樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂において、芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシ基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシ基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシ基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシ基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂としては、国際公開第2021/166858号の段落0082~0107に記載された樹脂が挙げられる。 As another resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group. In a resin having an aromatic carboxy group, the aromatic carboxy group may be included in the main chain of a repeating unit, or may be included in a side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxy group is included in the main chain of a repeating unit. In this specification, an aromatic carboxy group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. In an aromatic carboxy group, the number of carboxy groups bonded to an aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2. Examples of resins having an aromatic carboxy group include the resins described in paragraphs 0082 to 0107 of WO 2021/166858.
 他の樹脂として、グラフトポリマー、星形ポリマー、ブロック共重合体およびポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された樹脂から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。このような樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 As the other resin, it is preferable to use at least one selected from graft polymers, star polymers, block copolymers, and resins in which at least one end of the polymer chain is blocked with an acid group. Such resins are preferably used as dispersants.
 グラフトポリマーとしては、グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂などが挙げられる。グラフト鎖としては、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造、ポリスチレン構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むグラフト鎖が挙げられる。グラフト鎖の末端構造としては、特に限定されない。水素原子であってもよく、置換基であってもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基等が挙げられる。なかでも、顔料の分散性向上の観点から、立体反発効果を有する基が好ましく、炭素数5~30のアルキル基又はアルコキシ基が好ましい。アルキル基およびアルコキシ基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましい。 Examples of the graft polymer include resins having repeating units with graft chains. Examples of the graft chain include graft chains containing at least one structure selected from polyester structures, polyether structures, polystyrene structures, and poly(meth)acrylic structures. The terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an alkylthioether group. Of these, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the pigment, a group having a steric repulsion effect is preferred, and an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and linear or branched groups are preferred.
 グラフトポリマーの具体例としては、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094、特開2009-203462号公報の段落番号0022~0097、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166に記載された樹脂が挙げられる。 Specific examples of graft polymers include the resins described in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP 2012-255128 A, paragraphs 0022 to 0097 of JP 2009-203462 A, and paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A.
 星形ポリマーとしては、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂が挙げられる。星型ポリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 Star polymers include resins with a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core. Specific examples of star polymers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962A.
 ブロック共重合体としては、酸基または塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位を有する重合体のブロック(以下、ブロックAともいう)と、酸基および塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位を有する重合体のブロック(以下、ブロックBともいう)とのブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。ブロック共重合体には、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる The block copolymer is preferably a block copolymer of a block of a polymer having a repeating unit containing an acid group or a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as block A) and a block of a polymer having a repeating unit not containing an acid group or a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as block B). As the block copolymer, the block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP 2014-219665 A and the block copolymer A1 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP 2018-156021 A can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 ポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された樹脂としては、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された構造の樹脂が挙げられる。ポリマー鎖の末端を封止する酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基が挙げられる。 Examples of resins in which at least one end of a polymer chain is blocked with an acid group include resins in which at least one end of a polymer chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure is blocked with an acid group. Examples of acid groups that block the ends of polymer chains include carboxy groups, sulfo groups, and phosphate groups.
 他の樹脂は、分散剤としての樹脂を用いることもできる。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。 Other resins can also be used as dispersants. Examples of dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the term "acidic dispersant (acidic resin)" refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g. Furthermore, the term "basic dispersant (basic resin)" refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol% is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDisperbykシリーズ(例えば、Disperbyk-111、161、2001など)、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース20000、76500など)、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ、A208F(第一工業製薬(株)製)、H-3606(第一工業製薬(株)製)、サンデットET(三洋化成工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercially available products. Specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan (e.g., Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), the Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd., A208F (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), H-3606 (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), and Sandet ET (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.). In addition, the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における樹脂の含有量は1~50質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下であることが好ましく、30質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin content in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 50 mass%. The upper limit is preferably 40 mass% or less, and more preferably 30 mass% or less. The lower limit is preferably 5 mass% or more, and more preferably 10 mass% or more.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における特定樹脂の含有量は1~50質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下であることが好ましく、30質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 The content of the specific resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 50 mass%. The upper limit is preferably 40 mass% or less, and more preferably 30 mass% or less. The lower limit is preferably 5 mass% or more, and more preferably 10 mass% or more.
 樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂中における特定樹脂の含有量は10~100質量%であることが好ましく、25~100質量%であることがより好ましく、45~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the specific resin in the resin contained in the resin composition is preferably 10 to 100% by mass, more preferably 25 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 45 to 100% by mass.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resin. When two or more types of resin are contained, it is preferable that the total amount of the resins is within the above range.
<<重合性化合物>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。本発明で用いられる重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
<<Polymerizable compound>>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. Examples of the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include vinyl A group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radical polymerizable compound.
 重合性化合物としては、モノマー、プレポリマー、オリゴマーなどの化学的形態のいずれであってもよいが、モノマーが好ましい。重合性化合物の分子量は、100~2500が好ましい。上限は、2000以下が好ましく、1500以下がより好ましい。下限は、150以上が好ましく、250以上がより好ましい。 The polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form, such as a monomer, prepolymer, or oligomer, but is preferably a monomer. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 2500. The upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
 重合性化合物のエチレン性不飽和結合含有基価(以下、C=C価という)は、樹脂組成物の保存安定性の観点から2~14mmol/gであることが好ましい。下限は、3mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、4mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、5mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は12mmol/g以下であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以下であることがより好ましく、8mmol/g以下であることが更に好ましい。重合性化合物のC=C価は、重合性化合物の1分子中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合含有基の数を重合性化合物の分子量で割ることで算出した値である。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group value (hereinafter referred to as the C=C value) of the polymerizable compound is preferably 2 to 14 mmol/g from the viewpoint of storage stability of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 12 mmol/g or less, more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less. The C=C value of the polymerizable compound is a value calculated by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable compound by the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound.
 重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3~15個含む化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3~6個含む化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。重合性化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0075~0083に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and even more preferably a compound containing 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0075 to 0083 of WO 2022/065215.
 重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)が好ましい。また、重合性化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上、大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 Preferred polymerizable compounds include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and compounds in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues (e.g., SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartomer Corporation). Examples of the polymerizable compound include diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (NK Ester A-TMMT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (KAYARAD HDDA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). ), NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. can also be used.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における重合性化合物の含有量は、1~35質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、25質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、10質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合性化合物を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。重合性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 35 mass%. The upper limit is preferably 30 mass% or less, more preferably 25 mass% or less, even more preferably 20 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 10 mass% or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 mass% or more, and more preferably 5 mass% or more. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は光重合開始剤を含有することができる。本発明の樹脂組成物が重合性化合物を含む場合、本発明の樹脂組成物は更に光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<<Photopolymerization initiator>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a photopolymerization initiator. When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet to visible regions is preferable. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開2020-055992号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開2013-190459号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-013379号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2022-015747号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、特表2021-507058号公報に記載のフッ素含有フルオレンオキシムエステル系光開始剤、中国特許出願公開第110764367号明細書に記載の開始剤、特表2022-518535号公報に記載の開始剤、国際公開第2021/175855号に記載の開始剤、台湾特許出願公開第202200534号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-078550号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0087330号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/075452号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a hexaarylbiimidazole compound, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, or a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, more preferably a compound selected from an oxime compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound. In addition, examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489 A, and the compounds described in MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No. 3,2019, a photopolymerization initiator described in WO 2018/221177, a photopolymerization initiator described in WO 2018/110179, a photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2019-043864 A, a photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2019-044030 A, a peroxide-based initiator described in JP 2019-167313 A, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator having an oxazolidine group described in JP 2020-055992 A, an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2013-190459 A, a polymer described in JP 2020-172619 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in WO 2020/152120 A, JP 2021-181406 Compounds described in JP 2022-013379 A, photopolymerization initiators described in JP 2022-015747 A, compounds represented by formula (1) described in JP 2022-015747 A, fluorine-containing fluorene oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP 2021-507058 A, initiators described in China Patent Application Publication No. 110764367, initiators described in JP 2022-518535 A, initiators described in WO 2021/175855, compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 202200534, compounds described in JP 2022-078550 A, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0087330, compounds described in WO 2022/075452, and the like.
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物の具体例としては、2,2’,4-トリス(2-クロロフェニル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニル-1,1’-ビイミダゾールなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all manufactured by BASF), etc. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF), etc. Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
 オキシム化合物としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0142に記載の化合物、特許第5430746号に記載の化合物、特許第5647738号に記載の化合物、特開2021-173858号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物や段落0022から0024に記載の化合物、特開2021-170089号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物や段落0117から0120に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-301、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(TRONLY社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of oxime compounds include the compound described in paragraph 0142 of WO 2022/085485, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,430,746, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,647,738, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024 of JP 2021-173858 A, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120 of JP 2021-170089 A, and the like. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, and Irgacure OXE04 (all manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-301, TR-PBG-304, and TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by TRONLY), and Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP 2012-014052 A). In addition, it is also preferable to use a compound that is not colorable or a compound that is highly transparent and does not easily discolor as the oxime compound. Commercially available products include Adeka Arcles NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0143~0149に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is replaced with a naphthalene ring, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom, an oxime compound having a nitro group, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton, or a compound described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
 本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of oxime compounds that are preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.
 光重合開始剤としては、Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製)および/またはIrgacure OXE02(BASF社製)と、Omnirad 2959(IGM Resins B.V.社製)とを組み合わせて用いることも好ましい。 As a photopolymerization initiator, it is also preferable to use a combination of Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and/or Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) and Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.).
 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、着色組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落0148に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound with an asymmetric structure is used, crystallinity is reduced and solubility in solvents is improved, making it less likely to precipitate over time, and the stability over time of the coloring composition can be improved. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include the compounds described in paragraph 0148 of WO 2022/065215.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤の含有量は0.1~20質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、15質量%以下が好ましく、10質量%以下がより好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物において、光重合開始剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and more preferably 1 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 15 mass% or less, and more preferably 10 mass% or less. In the resin composition of the present invention, only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<<Solvent>>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied. Examples of the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For details of these, refer to paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate ... Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol. However, there are cases where it is better to reduce the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).
 本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は,例えば、東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content. The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer, or multiple types of isomers.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
 樹脂組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~95質量%であることが好ましく、20~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the resin composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、樹脂組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えば、ベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、樹脂組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として樹脂組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば、重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、またはこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した樹脂組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention is substantially free of environmentally restricted substances. In the present invention, substantially free of environmentally restricted substances means that the content of environmentally restricted substances in the resin composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less. Examples of environmentally restricted substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These substances are registered as environmentally regulated substances under the REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals) regulations, the PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) Act, the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) regulations, etc., and their usage and handling methods are strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as solvents when producing each component used in the resin composition, and may be mixed into the resin composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental consideration, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing environmentally regulated substances, a method of reducing them by heating or reducing pressure in the system to a temperature above the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substance and distilling off the environmentally regulated substance from the system can be mentioned. In addition, when distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is useful to perform azeotropy with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in question in order to increase efficiency. In addition, when a radically polymerizable compound is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like may be added and then distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding during the distillation under reduced pressure and causing crosslinking between molecules. These distillation methods can be used at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of the resin composition prepared by mixing these compounds.
<<熱架橋剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述した樹脂及び重合性化合物以外の成分として熱架橋剤を含有することができる。熱架橋剤としては、環状エーテル基を有する化合物が挙げられる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられる。エポキシ基は、脂環式エポキシ基であってもよい。なお、脂環式エポキシ基とは、エポキシ環と飽和炭化水素環とが縮合した環状構造を有する1価の官能基のことを意味する。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、エポキシ基を有する化合物(以下、エポキシ化合物ともいう)であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1つ以上有する化合物が挙げられ、エポキシ基を2つ以上有する化合物が好ましい。エポキシ化合物はエポキシ基を1分子内に1~100個有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物に含まれるエポキシ基の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ化合物に含まれるエポキシ基の下限は、2個以上が好ましい。エポキシ化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。
<<Thermal crosslinking agent>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal crosslinking agent as a component other than the above-mentioned resin and polymerizable compound. Examples of the thermal crosslinking agent include a compound having a cyclic ether group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. The epoxy group may be an alicyclic epoxy group. The alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed. The compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound). Examples of the epoxy compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups are preferred. The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound is preferably 2 or more. As the epoxy compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-2014-089408, and the compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量2000未満、さらには、分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下がさらに好ましく、5000以下が特に好ましく、3000以下が一層好ましい。 The compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular weight compound (e.g., a molecular weight of less than 2000, or even less than 1000) or a high molecular weight compound (macromolecule) (e.g., a molecular weight of 1000 or more, or in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えば、EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)製)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(以上、日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)等が挙げられる。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物として後述する実施例に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, and G-01758 (all manufactured by NOF Corporation, epoxy group-containing polymers). In addition, the compounds described in the examples below can also be used as compounds having a cyclic ether group.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における熱架橋剤の含有量は、0.1~20質量%が好ましい。下限は、例えば0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、例えば、15質量%以下がより好ましく、10質量%以下がさらに好ましい。熱架橋剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the thermal crosslinking agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20 mass%. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and even more preferably 1 mass% or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 15 mass% or less, and even more preferably 10 mass% or less. Only one type of thermal crosslinking agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<ポリアルキレンイミン>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、ポリアルキレンイミンを含有することもできる。ポリアルキレンイミンは例えば顔料の分散助剤として用いられる。分散助剤とは、樹脂組成物中において顔料などの色材の分散性を高めるための素材のことである。ポリアルキレンイミンとは、アルキレンイミンを開環重合したポリマーのことである。ポリアルキレンイミンは1級アミノ基と、2級アミノ基と、3級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む分岐構造を有するポリマーであることが好ましい。アルキレンイミンの炭素数は2~6が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2または3であることが更に好ましく、2であることが特に好ましい。
<<Polyalkyleneimine>>
The resin composition of the present invention may also contain polyalkyleneimine. Polyalkyleneimine is used, for example, as a dispersing aid for pigments. A dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of coloring materials such as pigments in a resin composition. Polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of alkyleneimine. The polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
 ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は、200以上であることが好ましく、250以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、100000以下であることが好ましく、50000以下であることがより好ましく、10000以下であることが更に好ましく、2000以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量の値について、構造式から分子量が計算できる場合は、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は構造式から計算した値である。一方、特定アミン化合物の分子量が構造式から計算できない、あるいは、計算が困難な場合には、沸点上昇法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、沸点上昇法でも測定できない、あるいは、測定が困難な場合は、粘度法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、粘度法でも測定できない、あるいは、粘度法での測定が困難な場合は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値での数平均分子量の値を用いる。 The molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less. In addition, when the molecular weight value of the polyalkyleneimine can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula. On the other hand, when the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the number average molecular weight value measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. In addition, when the molecular weight cannot be measured by the boiling point elevation method or is difficult to measure, the number average molecular weight value measured by the viscosity method is used. In addition, when the molecular weight cannot be measured by the viscosity method or is difficult to measure by the viscosity method, the number average molecular weight value measured in polystyrene equivalent value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
 ポリアルキレンイミンのアミン価は5mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、15mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。 The amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
 アルキレンイミンの具体例としては、エチレンイミン、プロピレンイミン、1,2-ブチレンイミン、2,3-ブチレンイミンなどが挙げられ、エチレンイミンまたはプロピレンイミンであることが好ましく、エチレンイミンであることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、ポリエチレンイミンであることが特に好ましい。また、ポリエチレンイミンは、1級アミノ基を、1級アミノ基と2級アミノ基と3級アミノ基との合計に対して10モル%以上含むことが好ましく、20モル%以上含むことがより好ましく、30モル%以上含むことが更に好ましい。ポリエチレンイミンの市販品としては、エポミンSP-003、SP-006、SP-012、SP-018、SP-200、P-1000(以上、(株)日本触媒製)などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of alkyleneimines include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, and 2,3-butyleneimine, with ethyleneimine or propyleneimine being preferred, and ethyleneimine being more preferred. The polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine. Furthermore, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains primary amino groups in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total of the primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, and tertiary amino groups. Commercially available polyethyleneimines include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中におけるポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は0.1~5質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は4.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、4質量%以下であることがより好ましく、3質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。また、ポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して0.5~20質量部であることが好ましい。下限は0.6質量部以上であることが好ましく、1質量部以上であることがより好ましく、2質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は10質量部以下であることが好ましく、8質量部以下であることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 5 mass%. The lower limit is preferably 0.2 mass% or more, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and even more preferably 1 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 4.5 mass% or less, more preferably 4 mass% or less, and even more preferably 3 mass% or less. The content of polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 to 20 mass parts per 100 mass parts of pigment. The lower limit is preferably 0.6 mass% or more, more preferably 1 mass% or more, and even more preferably 2 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 10 mass% or less, and even more preferably 8 mass% or less. Only one type of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<硬化促進剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、硬化促進剤を含んでもよい。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0164に記載の化合物、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。
<<Curing accelerator>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include a thiol compound, a methylol compound, an amine compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an amidine salt compound, an amide compound, a base generator, an isocyanate compound, an alkoxysilane compound, and an onium salt compound. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compound described in paragraph 0164 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and the compound described in JP-A-2021-181406. The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ジベンゾイル化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0179に記載の化合物、特開2021-178918号公報に記載の反応性トリアジン紫外線吸収剤、特開2022-007884号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤、韓国公開特許第10-2022-0014454号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~5質量%がより好ましい。本発明において、紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Ultraviolet absorbing agent>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and dibenzoyl compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2021-178918, the ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2022-007884, and the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2022-0014454. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. In the present invention, only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Polymerization inhibitor>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salt (ammonium salt, cerium salt, etc.). Among these, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5 mass%. The polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。シランカップリング剤としては、加水分解性基を有するシラン化合物が挙げられ、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物であることが好ましい。加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0177に記載の化合物、特開2019-183020号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~10.0質量%がより好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Silane coupling agents>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent. Examples of the silane coupling agent include silane compounds having a hydrolyzable group, and it is preferable that the silane coupling agent is a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. In addition, examples of functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferable. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP-A-2019-183020. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. The silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤またはフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましく、シリコーン系界面活性剤であることがより好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤を参照することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Surfactants>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant, and more preferably a silicone-based surfactant. For the surfactant, the surfactants described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of WO 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0167~0173に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 As fluorosurfactants, the compounds described in paragraphs 0167 to 0173 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0174に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、DOWSIL SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, and SF 8419. OIL (all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials, Inc.), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc. In addition, a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone surfactant.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~3.0質量%がより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. There may be only one type of surfactant, or two or more types. When there are two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<<酸化防止剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Antioxidants>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. As the phenolic compound, any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used. As a preferred phenolic compound, a hindered phenolic compound may be used. A compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. In addition, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferred. In addition, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant may also be suitably used. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite. Commercially available antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation). In addition, the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.3 to 15 mass%. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above range.
<<その他成分>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0182に記載の化合物を用いることができる。
<<Other ingredients>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, fragrances, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.). By appropriately incorporating these components, properties such as film properties can be adjusted. As these components, the compounds described in paragraph 0182 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1~100nmが好ましく、3~70nmがより好ましく、5~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The resin composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film. Examples of the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2. The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0183に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 The resin composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improver. Examples of the light resistance improver include the compounds described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、樹脂組成物の全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention is substantially free of terephthalic acid esters. Here, "substantially free" means that the content of terephthalic acid esters in the total amount of the resin composition is 1000 ppb by mass or less, more preferably 100 ppb by mass or less, and particularly preferably zero.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、環境規制の観点から、メラミンの含有量が10000質量ppm以下であることが好ましい。 In view of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention has a melamine content of 10,000 ppm by mass or less.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、遊離の金属含有量が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。また、遊離のハロゲン含有量は100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。樹脂組成物中の遊離の金属やハロゲンの低減方法としては、イオン交換水による洗浄、ろ過、限外ろ過、イオン交換樹脂による精製等の方法が挙げられる。 The resin composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. The free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the resin composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with ion-exchange resins.
 環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本発明の樹脂組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない樹脂組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本発明の樹脂組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be restricted. When the content of the above-mentioned compounds is reduced in the resin composition of the present invention, the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The resin composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, a resin composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts, may be selected by using a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. The resin composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts, within the maximum allowable range.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の含水率は、通常3質量%以下であり、0.01~1.5質量%が好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The water content of the resin composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. The water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。 The resin composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.) and film thickness. The viscosity value can be selected appropriately as needed, but for example, a value of 0.3 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s at 25°C is preferable, and 0.5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s is more preferable. The viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer with the temperature adjusted to 25°C.
<<収容容器>>
 樹脂組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0187に記載の容器を用いることができる。
<<Storage container>>
The container for storing the resin composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used. In addition, the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can be used as the container.
<樹脂組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。樹脂組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解および/または分散して樹脂組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して樹脂組成物を調製してもよい。
<Method for preparing resin composition>
The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. When preparing the resin composition, all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the resin composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare the resin composition.
 また、樹脂組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば、特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズの素材としては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼およびガラスが挙げられる。また、ビーズには、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用することもできる。樹脂組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 In addition, when preparing the resin composition, it is preferable to include a process for dispersing the pigment. In the process for dispersing the pigment, mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion. In addition, when grinding the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter and increase the bead packing rate, thereby increasing the grinding efficiency. In addition, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the grinding process. In addition, the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment may be suitably used as described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Information Technology Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Application Practice Focused on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and in paragraph number 0022 of JP 2015-157893 A. In addition, in the process for dispersing the pigment, a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process, the descriptions in, for example, JP 2015-194521 A and JP 2012-046629 A may be referred to. Examples of materials for the beads used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, and glass. The beads may also be made of inorganic compounds with a Mohs hardness of 2 or more. The resin composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the beads.
 樹脂組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、樹脂組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。ろ過に用いるフィルタの種類およびろ過方法としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0196~0199に記載のフィルタおよびろ過方法が挙げられる。 When preparing the resin composition, it is preferable to filter the resin composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects. Examples of the types of filters and filtration methods used for filtration include the filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485.
<膜>
 本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の樹脂組成物から得られる膜である。本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線透過フィルタおよび近赤外線カットフィルタなどの光学フィルタに用いることができる。
<Membrane>
The film of the present invention is a film obtained from the above-mentioned resin composition of the present invention. The film of the present invention can be used for optical filters such as color filters, near-infrared transmission filters, and near-infrared cut filters.
 本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。 The thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted appropriately depending on the purpose. For example, the thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 本発明の膜をカラーフィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、緑色、赤色、青色、シアン色、マゼンタ色または黄色の色相を有することが好ましく、赤色の色相を有することがより好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、赤色画素であることがより好ましい。 When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow hue, and more preferably has a red hue. The film of the present invention can also be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, and more preferably, red pixels.
<膜の製造方法>
 次に、本発明の膜の製造方法について説明する。本発明の膜は、本発明の樹脂組成物を塗布する工程を経て製造できる。膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法、ドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物を用いてフォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成することで、現像残渣の発生をより抑制できる。
<Membrane manufacturing method>
Next, the method for producing the film of the present invention will be described. The film of the present invention can be produced through a step of applying the resin composition of the present invention. The film production method preferably further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixel). Examples of the method for forming the pattern (pixel) include a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferred. By forming a pattern by the photolithography method using the resin composition of the present invention, the generation of development residues can be further suppressed.
 フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成する工程と、樹脂組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、樹脂組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、樹脂組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、および、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。 Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the resin composition layer in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the resin composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the resin composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
 樹脂組成物層を形成する工程では、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて、支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30~80°であることが好ましい。 In the step of forming the resin composition layer, the resin composition of the present invention is used to form a resin composition layer on a support. The support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. A charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate. A black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. A base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30 to 80° when measured with water.
 樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(例えば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えば、オンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。また、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0207に記載の塗布方法を用いることもできる。  A known method can be used as a method for applying the resin composition. For example, a dropping method (drop casting); a slit coating method; a spray method; a roll coating method; a rotary coating method (spin coating); a casting coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wetting method (for example, a method described in JP 2009-145395 A); various printing methods such as inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, and metal mask printing; a transfer method using a mold or the like; and a nanoimprint method. In addition, the application method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.
 支持体上に形成した樹脂組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒がさらに好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The resin composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When a film is produced by a low-temperature process, prebaking may not be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, or can be 80°C or more. The prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.
 次に、樹脂組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、樹脂組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the resin composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure process). For example, the resin composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine or a scanner exposure machine through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line and i-line. Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred. Long-wavelength light sources of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 In addition, during exposure, light may be applied continuously or in pulses (pulse exposure). Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば、酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2. The oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or exposure may be performed under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%). The exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5,000 W/m 2 , 15,000 W/m 2 , or 35,000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and an illuminance of 10,000 W/m 2 , and an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume and an illuminance of 20,000 W/m 2 , can be used.
 次に、樹脂組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。樹脂組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の樹脂組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed parts of the resin composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels). The unexposed parts of the resin composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer. As a result, the resin composition layer in the unexposed parts during the exposure process dissolves into the developer, leaving only the photocured parts. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In order to improve residue removal, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。現像液、および、現像後の洗浄(リンス)方法については、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0214に記載の現像液や洗浄方法を用いることができる。 The developer may be an organic solvent or an alkaline developer, with an alkaline developer being preferred. The developer and the washing (rinsing) method after development may be as described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば、100~300℃が好ましく、200~270℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development and drying, it is preferable to perform additional exposure processing or heating processing (post-baking). Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 300°C, more preferably 200 to 270°C. Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film. When additional exposure processing is performed, it is preferable that the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. In addition, additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成し、この樹脂組成物層の全体を硬化させて硬化物層を形成する工程と、この硬化物層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、フォトレジスト層をパターン状に露光したのち、現像してレジストパターンを形成する工程と、このレジストパターンをマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングする工程と、を含むことが好ましい。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、更にプリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。特に、フォトレジスト層の形成プロセスとしては、露光後の加熱処理、現像後の加熱処理(ポストベーク処理)を実施する形態が望ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The pattern formation by the dry etching method preferably includes the steps of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, curing the entire resin composition layer to form a cured layer, forming a photoresist layer on the cured layer, exposing the photoresist layer to light in a pattern and developing it to form a resist pattern, and dry etching the cured layer using an etching gas as a mask with the resist pattern. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a pre-bake treatment. In particular, the process of forming the photoresist layer is preferably a form in which a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment after development (post-bake treatment) are performed. For the pattern formation by the dry etching method, the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP 2013-064993 A can be referred to, and the contents of this specification are incorporated herein.
<光学フィルタ>
 本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。光学フィルタの種類としては、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線カットフィルタおよび近赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタは、その画素として本発明の膜を有することが好ましく、着色画素として本発明の膜を有することがより好ましく、赤色画素として本発明の膜を有することが更に好ましい。
<Optical filter>
The optical filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The types of optical filters include color filters, near-infrared cut filters, and near-infrared transmission filters, and are preferably color filters. The color filter preferably has the film of the present invention as its pixel, more preferably has the film of the present invention as its color pixel, and even more preferably has the film of the present invention as its red pixel.
 光学フィルタは、本発明の膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01~10μmが好ましく、0.1~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、保護層形成用の樹脂組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 The optical filter may have a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention. By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a resin composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 , and may contain two or more of these components. For example, in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4. In addition, in the case of a protective layer intended for low reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.
 樹脂組成物を塗布して保護層を形成する場合、樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、キャスト法、スクリーン印刷法、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。樹脂組成物に含まれる有機溶剤は、公知の有機溶剤(例えば、プロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル2-アセテート、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル等)を用いることが出来る。保護層を化学気相蒸着法にて形成する場合、化学気相蒸着法としては、公知の化学気相蒸着法(熱化学気相蒸着法、プラズマ化学気相蒸着法、光化学気相蒸着法)を用いることができる。 When forming a protective layer by applying a resin composition, known methods such as spin coating, casting, screen printing, and inkjet can be used as a method for applying the resin composition. Known organic solvents (e.g., propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used as the organic solvent contained in the resin composition. When forming the protective layer by chemical vapor deposition, known chemical vapor deposition methods (thermal chemical vapor deposition, plasma chemical vapor deposition, photochemical vapor deposition) can be used as the chemical vapor deposition method.
 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機微粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機・無機微粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子微粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対して0.1~70質量%が好ましく、1~60質量%がさらに好ましい。 The protective layer may contain additives such as organic or inorganic fine particles, absorbents for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet light, near infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesion agents, and surfactants, as necessary. Examples of organic or inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate. Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of specific wavelengths. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
 保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 The protective layer may be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.
 光学フィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.
<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の膜を備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid-state imaging element>
The solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。また、特開2019-211559号公報の中で示しているように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本発明の固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。 The substrate has a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like, a light-shielding film that opens only the light receiving portion of the photodiode on the photodiode and the transfer electrode, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving portion of the photodiode, and a color filter on the device protection film. Furthermore, the device protection film may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc.; the same applies below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (the side closer to the substrate), or a light-collecting means on the color filter. The color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a lattice shape. In this case, it is preferable that the partitions have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A. In addition, as shown in JP 2019-211559 A, an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance. The imaging device equipped with the solid-state imaging element of the present invention can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices with imaging functions (such as mobile phones), as well as in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
<画像表示装置>
 本発明の画像表示装置は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
<Image display device>
The image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices. The definition of the image display device and details of each image display device are described, for example, in "Electronic Display Devices" (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990) and "Display Devices" (written by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989). The liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology" (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994). There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied, and the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。また、下記に示す構造式中、Meはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。 The present invention will be explained in more detail below with reference to examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be modified as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, in the structural formulas shown below, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
<合成例>
(モノマーA-1aの合成)
 三口フラスコに、n-プロピルアミンの6.4g(119mmol)、トリエチルアミンの12.0g(119mmol)、脱水ジクロロメタンの500mlを添加し、0℃に冷却した。その後、アクリル酸クロライドの10.8g(119mmol)を滴下し、0℃で1.5h撹拌した。濾過により副生したトリエチルアンモニウムクロリドを除去した後、減圧によりジクロロメタンを留去することでモノマーA-1を15.0g得た。
<Synthesis Example>
(Synthesis of Monomer A-1a)
Into a three-neck flask, 6.4 g (119 mmol) of n-propylamine, 12.0 g (119 mmol) of triethylamine, and 500 ml of dehydrated dichloromethane were added and cooled to 0° C. Then, 10.8 g (119 mmol) of acrylic acid chloride was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours. After removing the by-product triethylammonium chloride by filtration, dichloromethane was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 15.0 g of Monomer A-1.
(モノマーA-2a~A-33aの合成)
 モノマーA-1aと同様の方法でモノマーA-2a~A-33aを合成した。
(Synthesis of Monomers A-2a to A-33a)
Monomers A-2a to A-33a were synthesized in the same manner as for monomer A-1a.
(樹脂P1の合成)
 三口フラスコに、モノマーB-2aの2.5g(0.029mol)、モノマーA-1aの7.5g(0.059mol)、モノマーC-1aの15.0g(0.150mol)、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノールの58.3gを加え、混合物を得た。次に、窒素を吹き込みながら、混合物を撹拌し、混合物を75℃まで昇温した。次に、混合物に、ドデシルメルカプタンの0.95g、次いで、2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル)(以下、V-601と記す)の0.24gを添加し、重合反応を開始した。混合物を75℃で3時間加熱した後、更にV-601の0.24gを混合物に追加した。2時間後、更にV-601の0.24gを混合物に追加し、90℃に昇温した。混合物を3時間撹拌することで樹脂P1を得た。
(Synthesis of resin P1)
A three-neck flask was charged with 2.5 g (0.029 mol) of monomer B-2a, 7.5 g (0.059 mol) of monomer A-1a, 15.0 g (0.150 mol) of monomer C-1a, and 58.3 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol to obtain a mixture. Next, the mixture was stirred while blowing in nitrogen, and the mixture was heated to 75 ° C. Next, 0.95 g of dodecyl mercaptan and then 0.24 g of 2,2'-azobis (methyl 2-methylpropionate) (hereinafter referred to as V-601) were added to the mixture to initiate a polymerization reaction. After heating the mixture at 75 ° C. for 3 hours, 0.24 g of V-601 was further added to the mixture. After 2 hours, 0.24 g of V-601 was further added to the mixture, and the temperature was raised to 90 ° C. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours to obtain resin P1.
(樹脂P2~P6、P81~P92の合成)
 樹脂P1と同様の方法で樹脂P2~P6、P81~P92を合成した。
(Synthesis of resins P2 to P6, P81 to P92)
Resins P2 to P6 and P81 to P92 were synthesized in the same manner as for resin P1.
(樹脂P7の合成)
 三口フラスコに、モノマーB-2aの13.0g(0.151mol)、モノマーA-1aの29.9g(0.235mol)、モノマーD-5aの50.0g(0.050mol)、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノールの210gを加え、混合物を得た。次に、窒素を吹き込みながら、混合物を撹拌し、混合物を75℃まで昇温した。次に、混合物に、ドデシルメルカプタンの1.46g、次いで、2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル)(以下、V-601と記す)の0.37gを添加し、重合反応を開始した。混合物を75℃で3時間加熱した後、更にV-601の0.37gを混合物に追加した。2時間後、更にV-601の0.37gを混合物に追加し、90℃に昇温した。混合物を3時間撹拌することで前駆体ポリマーを得た。
 十分に空気置換した1000mL三口フラスコに、前駆体ポリマーの305.5g、4-HBAGE(4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートグリシジルエーテル)の7.00g(0.035mol)、N,N-ジメチルドデシルアミンの2.42g(0.011mol)、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン 1-オキシル(TEMPO)の0.25g(0.0016mol)、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノールの34.7gを添加し、48時間撹拌することで樹脂P7の30質量%溶液を得た。
(Synthesis of resin P7)
A three-neck flask was charged with 13.0 g (0.151 mol) of monomer B-2a, 29.9 g (0.235 mol) of monomer A-1a, 50.0 g (0.050 mol) of monomer D-5a, and 210 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol to obtain a mixture. Next, the mixture was stirred while blowing in nitrogen, and the mixture was heated to 75°C. Next, 1.46 g of dodecyl mercaptan and then 0.37 g of 2,2'-azobis(methyl 2-methylpropionate) (hereinafter referred to as V-601) were added to the mixture to initiate the polymerization reaction. After heating the mixture at 75°C for 3 hours, 0.37 g of V-601 was further added to the mixture. After 2 hours, 0.37 g of V-601 was further added to the mixture, and the temperature was raised to 90°C. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours to obtain a precursor polymer.
To a 1000 mL three-neck flask that had been thoroughly purged with air, 305.5 g of the precursor polymer, 7.00 g (0.035 mol) of 4-HBAGE (4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether), 2.42 g (0.011 mol) of N,N-dimethyldodecylamine, 0.25 g (0.0016 mol) of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl (TEMPO), and 34.7 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol were added and stirred for 48 hours to obtain a 30 mass % solution of resin P7.
(樹脂P8~P80、P93~P98の合成)
 樹脂P7と同様の方法で樹脂P8~P80、P93~P98を合成した。
(Synthesis of resins P8 to P80, P93 to P98)
Resins P8 to P80 and P93 to P98 were synthesized in the same manner as for Resin P7.
<樹脂P1~P98、CP1について>
 樹脂P1~P98、CP1は、それぞれ下記表に示す繰り返し単位を含む樹脂である。下記表に、各樹脂の酸価、重量平均分子量、樹脂中における繰り返し単位1の含有量(含有量1)、繰り返し単位1と繰り返し単位2との合計モル中における繰り返し単位1のモル量の含有量(含有量2)を合わせて記す。
<About resins P1 to P98 and CP1>
Resins P1 to P98 and CP1 are resins containing the repeating units shown in the table below, which also show the acid value, weight average molecular weight, content of repeating unit 1 in the resin (content 1), and molar content of repeating unit 1 in the total molar amount of repeating unit 1 and repeating unit 2 (content 2).
[繰り返し単位1]
 A-1~A-33:下記構造の繰り返し単位
[Repeating unit 1]
A-1 to A-33: Repeating units having the following structure
[繰り返し単位2]
 B-2、B-3、B-4、B-6、B-9、B-11、B-14:下記構造の繰り返し単位(酸基を有する繰り返し単位)
[Repeating unit 2]
B-2, B-3, B-4, B-6, B-9, B-11, and B-14: repeating units having the following structures (repeating units having an acid group)
[繰り返し単位3]
 C-1、C-3、C-9、C-17:下記構造の繰り返し単位
[Repeating unit 3]
C-1, C-3, C-9, C-17: repeating units having the following structure
[繰り返し単位4]
 D-1~D-7:下記構造の繰り返し単位(グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位)
[Repeating unit 4]
D-1 to D-7: Repeating units having the following structures (repeating units having graft chains)
[繰り返し単位5]
 E-2、E-3、E-6:下記構造の繰り返し単位
[Repeating unit 5]
E-2, E-3, E-6: repeating units having the following structures
<顔料分散液の製造>
 下記表に記載の素材を混合した混合液を、ビーズミル(0.1mm径のジルコニアビーズを使用)を用いて3時間混合及び分散した後さらに減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000MPaの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返して各顔料分散液を得た。下記表に記載の数値は質量部での値である。
 各顔料分散液中の顔料の平均粒子径(nm)、粘度の値(mPa・s)を合わせて記す。顔料の平均粒子径は、粒子径測定装置(nanoSAQLA、大塚電子社製)を用いて動的光散乱法にて測定した。顔料分散液の粘度は、粘度計(RE-85L、東機産業(株)製)を用いて顔料分散液の温度を25℃に調整して測定した。
<Production of Pigment Dispersion>
A mixture of the materials shown in the table below was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (using zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.1 mm), and then further dispersed using a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reducing mechanism, NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Japan BEE Co., Ltd.), at a pressure of 2000 MPa and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion process was repeated 10 times to obtain each pigment dispersion. The values shown in the table below are in parts by mass.
The average particle size (nm) of the pigment in each pigment dispersion and the viscosity value (mPa·s) are also shown. The average particle size of the pigment was measured by dynamic light scattering using a particle size measuring device (nanoSAQLA, manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.). The viscosity of the pigment dispersion was measured by adjusting the temperature of the pigment dispersion to 25° C. using a viscometer (RE-85L, manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.).
 上記表の略語で記載した素材の詳細は以下の通りである。
(色材)
 PR254 : C.I.ピグメントレッド254(ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料)
 PR272 : C.I.ピグメントレッド272(ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料)
 PR224 : C.I.ピグメントレッド224(ペリレン化合物、赤色顔料)
 PY139 : C.I.ピグメントイエロー139(イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料)
 PY150 : C.I.ピグメントイエロー150(アゾバルビツール酸化合物、黄色顔料)
 PY185: C.I.ピグメントイエロー150(イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料)
 PG36 : C.I.ピグメントグリーン36(フタロシアニン化合物、緑色顔料)
 PG58 : C.I.ピグメントグリーン58(フタロシアニン化合物、緑色顔料)
 PB15:6 : C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6(フタロシアニン化合物、青色顔料)
 PV23 : C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23(ジオキサジン化合物、紫色顔料)
 PBk32 : C.I.ピグメントブラック32(ペリレン化合物、有機黒色顔料)
 IR色材1:下記構造の化合物(近赤外線吸収顔料)
Details of the materials listed with the abbreviations in the table above are as follows:
(Coloring material)
PR254: C.I. Pigment Red 254 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment)
PR272: C.I. Pigment Red 272 (diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment)
PR224: C.I. Pigment Red 224 (perylene compound, red pigment)
PY139: C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)
PY150: C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 (azobarbituric acid compound, yellow pigment)
PY185: C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment)
PG36: C.I. Pigment Green 36 (phthalocyanine compound, green pigment)
PG58: C.I. Pigment Green 58 (phthalocyanine compound, green pigment)
PB15:6: C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 (phthalocyanine compound, blue pigment)
PV23: C.I. Pigment Violet 23 (dioxazine compound, purple pigment)
PBk32: C.I. Pigment Black 32 (perylene compound, organic black pigment)
IR colorant 1: Compound having the following structure (near infrared absorbing pigment)
 誘導体1:下記構造の化合物
 誘導体2:下記構造の化合物
 誘導体3:下記構造の化合物
 誘導体4:下記構造の化合物
 誘導体5:下記構造の化合物
 誘導体6:下記構造の化合物
 誘導体7:下記構造の化合物
Derivative 1: Compound having the following structure
Derivative 2: Compound having the following structure
Derivative 3: Compound having the following structure
Derivative 4: Compound having the following structure
Derivative 5: Compound having the following structure
Derivative 6: Compound having the following structure
Derivative 7: Compound of the following structure
(樹脂)
 P1~P98、CP1:上述した樹脂
 CP12:プライサーフH-3606(第一工業製薬(株)製、カルボキシ基(pKa=約4.5)を有する樹脂、末端酸基型)
 CP13:下記構造の樹脂(スルホ基(pKa=約2)を有する樹脂、末端酸基型)
(resin)
P1 to P98, CP1: the above-mentioned resin CP12: Plysurf H-3606 (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., resin having a carboxy group (pKa = about 4.5), terminal acid group type)
CP13: Resin having the following structure (resin having a sulfo group (pKa = approx. 2), terminal acid group type)
(溶剤)
 溶剤1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
 溶剤2:シクロペンタノン
 溶剤3:1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール
(solvent)
Solvent 1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Solvent 2: Cyclopentanone Solvent 3: 1-methoxy-2-propanol
<着色組成物の製造>
 各素材を、以下に示す処方1~13の割合で混合し、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して各樹脂組成物を製造した。下記表において、樹脂組成物の全固形分中における色材の含有量の値を「色材の含有量」の欄に記載する。
<Production of Colored Composition>
Each material was mixed in the ratio of formulations 1 to 13 shown below, and filtered through a nylon filter with a pore size of 0.45 μm (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) to produce each resin composition. In the table below, the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the resin composition is shown in the column "Coloring material content".
(処方1)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・66.30質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・0.64質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・26.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・3.20質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・3.20質量部
(Formulation 1)
Pigment dispersion liquid described in the table below: 66.30 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 0.64 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 26.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 3.20 parts by weight Solvent 3: 3.20 parts by weight
(処方2)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・64.80質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・2.14質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・26.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・3.20
 溶剤3   ・・・3.20
(Formulation 2)
Pigment dispersion liquid shown in the table below: 64.80 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 2.14 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 26.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 3.20
Solvent 3...3.20
(処方3)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・65.10質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・1.84質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・26.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・3.20質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・3.20質量部
(Formulation 3)
Pigment dispersion liquid described in the table below: 65.10 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 1.84 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 26.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 3.20 parts by weight Solvent 3: 3.20 parts by weight
(処方4)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・65.40質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・1.54質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・26.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・3.20質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・3.20質量部
(Formulation 4)
Pigment dispersion liquid described in the table below: 65.40 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 1.54 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 26.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 3.20 parts by weight Solvent 3: 3.20 parts by weight
(処方5)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・65.80質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・1.14質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・26.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・3.20質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・3.20質量部
(Formulation 5)
Pigment dispersion liquid described in the table below: 65.80 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 1.14 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 26.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 3.20 parts by weight Solvent 3: 3.20 parts by weight
(処方6)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・66.10質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・0.84質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・26.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・3.20質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・3.20質量部
(Formulation 6)
Pigment dispersion liquid described in the table below: 66.10 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 0.84 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 26.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 3.20 parts by weight Solvent 3: 3.20 parts by weight
(処方7)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・66.40質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・0.54質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・26.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・3.20質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・3.20質量部
(Formulation 7)
Pigment dispersion liquid described in the table below: 66.40 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 0.54 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 26.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 3.20 parts by weight Solvent 3: 3.20 parts by weight
(処方8)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・165.75質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・0.64質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・64.90質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・8.10質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・8.10質量部
(Formulation 8)
Pigment dispersion liquid shown in the table below: 165.75 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 0.64 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 64.90 parts by weight Solvent 2: 8.10 parts by weight Solvent 3: 8.10 parts by weight
(処方9)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・33.15質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・0.64質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・13.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・1.60質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・1.60質量部
(Formulation 9)
Pigment dispersion liquid shown in the table below: 33.15 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 0.64 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 13.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 1.60 parts by weight Solvent 3: 1.60 parts by weight
(処方10)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・163.50質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・0.64質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・64.90質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・8.10質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・8.10質量部
(Formulation 10)
Pigment dispersion liquid shown in the table below: 163.50 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 0.64 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 64.90 parts by weight Solvent 2: 8.10 parts by weight Solvent 3: 8.10 parts by weight
(処方11)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・32.70質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・0.64質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・13.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・1.60質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・1.60質量部
(Formulation 11)
Pigment dispersion liquid described in the table below: 32.70 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 0.64 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 13.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 1.60 parts by weight Solvent 3: 1.60 parts by weight
(処方12)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・70.00質量部
 重合性化合物2   ・・・0.84質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.32質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.04質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・23.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・2.90質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・2.90質量部
(Formulation 12)
Pigment dispersion liquid described in the table below: 70.00 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 2: 0.84 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.32 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.04 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 23.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 2.90 parts by weight Solvent 3: 2.90 parts by weight
(処方13)
 下記表に記載の顔料分散液   ・・・66.30質量部
 重合性化合物1   ・・・0.32質量部
 熱架橋剤1   ・・・0.32質量部
 光重合開始剤1   ・・・0.54質量部
 界面活性剤1   ・・・0.02質量部
 重合禁止剤1   ・・・0.0345質量部
 溶剤1   ・・・26.00質量部
 溶剤2   ・・・3.20質量部
 溶剤3   ・・・3.20質量部
(Formulation 13)
Pigment dispersion liquid described in the table below: 66.30 parts by weight Polymerizable compound 1: 0.32 parts by weight Thermal crosslinking agent 1: 0.32 parts by weight Photopolymerization initiator 1: 0.54 parts by weight Surfactant 1: 0.02 parts by weight Polymerization inhibitor 1: 0.0345 parts by weight Solvent 1: 26.00 parts by weight Solvent 2: 3.20 parts by weight Solvent 3: 3.20 parts by weight
 重合性化合物1:KAYARAD DPHA(日本化薬(株)製、下記構造の化合物)
 重合性化合物2:KAYARAD RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製、下記構造の化合物)
 光重合開始剤1:Irgacure OXE02(BASF社製、オキシム化合物、下記構造の化合物)
 界面活性剤1:KF-6000(信越化学工業(株)製、シリコーン系界面活性剤)
 重合禁止剤1:下記構造の化合物A-1
 熱架橋剤1:下記構造の化合物T-1
 溶剤1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 溶剤2:シクロペンタノン
 溶剤3:1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール(MFG)
Polymerizable compound 1: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., compound having the following structure)
Polymerizable compound 2: KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., compound having the following structure)
Photopolymerization initiator 1: Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound, compound having the following structure)
Surfactant 1: KF-6000 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silicone surfactant)
Polymerization inhibitor 1: Compound A-1 having the following structure
Thermal crosslinking agent 1: Compound T-1 having the following structure
Solvent 1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
Solvent 2: Cyclopentanone Solvent 3: 1-Methoxy-2-propanol (MFG)
<性能評価>
(経時安定性)
 実施例及び比較例の樹脂組成物の粘度(mPa・s)を、東機産業(株)製「RE-85L」にて測定した。上記測定後、樹脂組成物を45℃、遮光、5日間の条件にて静置し、再度粘度(mPa・s)を測定した。上記静置前後での粘度差(ΔVis)から下記評価基準に従って経時安定性を評価した。粘度差(ΔVis)の数値が小さいほど、樹脂組成物の経時安定性が良好であるといえる。上記粘度測定は、いずれも、温湿度を22±5℃、60±20%に管理した実験室で、樹脂組成物の温度を25℃に調整した状態で測定した。いずれの測定も3回測定を行い、平均値を用いた。
-評価基準-
 A:ΔVisが0.2mPa・s以下であった
 B:ΔVisが0.2mPa・sを超え、0.3mPa・s以下であった
 C:ΔVisが0.3mPa・sを超え、0.5mPa・s以下であった
 D:ΔVisが0.5mPa・sを超えた
<Performance evaluation>
(Stability over time)
The viscosity (mPa·s) of the resin compositions of the examples and comparative examples was measured using "RE-85L" manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. After the above measurement, the resin composition was left to stand at 45°C, shielded from light, for 5 days, and the viscosity (mPa·s) was measured again. The stability over time was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria from the viscosity difference (ΔVis) before and after the above standing. The smaller the viscosity difference (ΔVis) value, the better the stability over time of the resin composition. The viscosity measurements were all performed in a laboratory where the temperature and humidity were controlled to 22±5°C and 60±20%, and the temperature of the resin composition was adjusted to 25°C. Each measurement was performed three times, and the average value was used.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: ΔVis was 0.2 mPa·s or less. B: ΔVis was greater than 0.2 mPa·s and less than 0.3 mPa·s. C: ΔVis was greater than 0.3 mPa·s and less than 0.5 mPa·s. D: ΔVis was greater than 0.5 mPa·s.
(粗大粒子)
 ガラス基板上に、下地層形成用組成物(CT-4000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)をポストベーク後に厚さが0.1μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で300秒間加熱して下地層を形成し、下地層付ガラス基板(支持体)を得た。この下地層付きのガラス基板上に各樹脂組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、その後、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱して、膜厚0.5μmの膜を形成した。この膜に含まれる異物を、異物評価装置コンプラスIII(アプライドマテリアルズ社製)にて検出し、検出された全ての異物から、最大幅1.0μm以上の異物(粗大粒子)を目視で分類し、分類された最大幅1.0μm以上の粗大粒子の個数(1cmあたりの粗大粒子の個数)をカウントした。
-評価基準-
 A:膜1cmあたりの粗大粒子の個数が10個未満である
 B:膜1cmあたりの粗大粒子の個数が10個以上30個未満である
 C:膜1cmあたりの粗大粒子の個数が30個以上100個未満である
 D:膜1cmあたりの粗大粒子の個数が100個以上である
(coarse particles)
A composition for forming an undercoat layer (CT-4000, manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied onto a glass substrate using a spin coater so that the thickness after post-baking was 0.1 μm, and the undercoat layer was formed by heating for 300 seconds at 220° C. using a hot plate, to obtain a glass substrate (support) with an undercoat layer. Each resin composition was applied onto the glass substrate with the undercoat layer by spin coating, and then heated for 2 minutes at 100° C. using a hot plate to form a film with a thickness of 0.5 μm. Foreign matter contained in this film was detected using a foreign matter evaluation device Complas III (manufactured by Applied Materials, Inc.), and foreign matter (coarse particles) with a maximum width of 1.0 μm or more was visually classified from all detected foreign matter, and the number of classified coarse particles with a maximum width of 1.0 μm or more (the number of coarse particles per 1 cm 2 ) was counted.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The number of coarse particles per 1 cm2 of the film is less than 10. B: The number of coarse particles per 1 cm2 of the film is 10 or more and less than 30. C: The number of coarse particles per 1 cm2 of the film is 30 or more and less than 100. D: The number of coarse particles per 1 cm2 of the film is 100 or more.
(現像性)
 8インチ(20.32cm)シリコンウエハに、下地層形成用組成物(CT-4000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)をポストベーク後に厚さが0.1μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で300秒間加熱して下地層を形成し、下地層付シリコンウエハ(支持体)を得た。次いで、各樹脂組成物をポストベーク後の膜厚が0.62μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、365nmの波長の光を1000mJ/cmの露光量で1.0μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して露光した。次いで、露光された塗布膜が形成されているシリコンウエハをスピン・シャワー現像機(DW-30型、(株)ケミトロニクス製)の水平回転テーブル上に載置し、CD-2000(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)の60%希釈液を用いて23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行ったのち、シリコンウエハを真空チャック方式で水平回転テーブルに固定し、回転装置によってシリコンウエハを回転数50rpmで回転させつつ、その回転中心の上方より純水を噴出ノズルからシャワー状に供給してリンス処理を行い、その後スプレー乾燥した。さらに、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、パターン(画素)を形成した。
 画素が形成されたシリコンウエハについて、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(倍率10000倍)で観察し、下記評価基準に従って現像性を評価した。
-評価基準-
 A:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)には、残渣がまったく確認されなかった
 B:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣がごくわずかに確認されたが、実用上問題のない程度であった
 C:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣がわずかに確認されたが、実用上問題のない程度であった
 D:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣が著しく確認された
(Developability)
A composition for forming an undercoat layer (CT-4000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to an 8-inch (20.32 cm) silicon wafer using a spin coater so that the thickness after post-baking was 0.1 μm, and the undercoat layer was formed by heating at 220° C. for 300 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a silicon wafer with an undercoat layer (support). Next, each resin composition was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.62 μm. Next, the wafer was heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate. Next, an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.) was used to expose the wafer to light having a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure dose of 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask with a dot pattern of 1.0 μm square. Next, the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film was formed was placed on the horizontal rotating table of a spin-shower developer (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), and paddle development was performed for 60 seconds at 23°C using a 60% diluted solution of CD-2000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.). The silicon wafer was then fixed to the horizontal rotating table by a vacuum chuck system, and while rotating the silicon wafer at a rotation speed of 50 rpm using a rotating device, pure water was supplied in the form of a shower from a spray nozzle from above the center of rotation to perform a rinse treatment, and then spray-dried. Furthermore, a heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200°C to form a pattern (pixel).
The silicon wafer on which the pixels were formed was observed under a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (magnification: 10,000 times), and the developability was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: No residue was found outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area). B: Very slight residue was found outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area), but to a degree that did not pose any practical problems. C: Slight residue was found outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area), but to a degree that did not pose any practical problems. D: Significant residue was found outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area).
 上記表に示すように、実施例の樹脂組成物は、経時安定性および現像性に優れていた。また、実施例の組成物は、異物の少ない膜を形成することができた。 As shown in the table above, the resin compositions of the examples had excellent stability over time and were excellent in developability. In addition, the compositions of the examples were able to form films with little foreign matter.
 実施例に記載の樹脂組成物から得られる膜は、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置に好適に用いることができる。 The films obtained from the resin compositions described in the examples can be suitably used in optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices.
 実施例1において、重合性化合物1を以下に示す構造の化合物M-2またはM-3に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
In Example 1, even when the polymerizable compound 1 was changed to the compound M-2 or M-3 having the structure shown below, the same effect was obtained.
 実施例1において、光重合開始剤1を以下に示す構造の化合物I-2~I-9に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
In Example 1, even when the photopolymerization initiator 1 was changed to compounds I-2 to I-9 having the structures shown below, the same effect was obtained.
 実施例1において、重合禁止剤1を以下に示す構造の化合物A-2またはA-3に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
In Example 1, even when the polymerization inhibitor 1 was changed to the compound A-2 or A-3 having the structure shown below, the same effect was obtained.
 実施例125において、熱架橋剤1を以下に示す構造の化合物T-2またはT-3に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
In Example 125, even when the thermal crosslinking agent 1 was changed to the compound T-2 or T-3 having the structure shown below, the same effect was obtained.
 実施例1において、界面活性剤1を以下に示す構造の化合物(Mw=14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である、フッ素系界面活性剤)またはPolyFox PF6320(OMNOVA社製、フッ素系界面活性剤)に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
In Example 1, the same effect was obtained even when Surfactant 1 was changed to a compound having the structure shown below (Mw=14,000, the percentage indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%, a fluorosurfactant) or PolyFox PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA, a fluorosurfactant).

Claims (12)

  1.  顔料を含む色材Aと、樹脂Bと、を含む樹脂組成物であって、
     前記樹脂組成物の全固形分中における前記色材Aの含有量が50質量%以上であり、
     前記樹脂Bは、式(b1-1)で表される繰り返し単位b1と酸基を有する繰り返し単位b2とを有する樹脂bを含む、樹脂組成物;
     式(b1-1)中、Rb11は水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、
     Rb12は、多環芳香族環基、炭素数3~8の無置換のアルキル基、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有する単環の芳香族炭化水素基、または、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有していてもよい単環の芳香族複素環基を表す。
    A resin composition comprising a color material A containing a pigment and a resin B,
    The content of the color material A in the total solid content of the resin composition is 50 mass% or more,
    The resin B is a resin composition including a resin b having a repeating unit b1 represented by formula (b1-1) and a repeating unit b2 having an acid group;
    In formula (b1-1), R b11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
    R b12 represents a polycyclic aromatic ring group, an unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent.
  2.  前記式(b1-1)中のRb12が、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有する単環の芳香族炭化水素基、または、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有していてもよい単環の芳香族複素環基である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein R b12 in the formula (b1-1) is a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may have an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent.
  3.  前記樹脂b中における前記繰り返し単位b1の含有量が5~55モル%である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of the repeating unit b1 in the resin b is 5 to 55 mol %.
  4.  前記樹脂bは、前記繰り返し単位b1と前記繰り返し単位b2との合計モル量中における、前記繰り返し単位b1の含有量が20~70モル%である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of the repeating unit b1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit b1 and the repeating unit b2 is 20 to 70 mol %.
  5.  前記樹脂bは、更にグラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位b3を含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the resin b further contains a repeating unit b3 having a graft chain.
  6.  前記グラフト鎖は、ポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含むポリマー鎖である、請求項5に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 5, wherein the graft chain is a polymer chain containing a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
  7.  前記顔料は、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料、キノフタロン顔料およびアゾ顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the pigment comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments.
  8.  更に、重合性化合物と光重合開始剤とを含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.
  9.  請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物を用いて得られる膜。 A film obtained using the resin composition according to claim 1 or 2.
  10.  請求項9に記載の膜を含む光学フィルタ。 An optical filter comprising the film according to claim 9.
  11.  請求項9に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device including the film according to claim 9.
  12.  請求項9に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。 An image display device including the film according to claim 9.
PCT/JP2024/004908 2023-02-27 2024-02-14 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device WO2024181118A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023-028220 2023-02-27
JP2023028220 2023-02-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024181118A1 true WO2024181118A1 (en) 2024-09-06

Family

ID=92589678

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2024/004908 WO2024181118A1 (en) 2023-02-27 2024-02-14 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024181118A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4520093A (en) * 1984-01-30 1985-05-28 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Photosensitive composition and method for forming a neutral black image
JP2003147210A (en) * 2001-11-09 2003-05-21 Oji Paper Co Ltd Temperature-sensitive fine particle composition and temperature-sensitive fine particle sheet
JP2010013576A (en) * 2008-07-04 2010-01-21 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Aqueous pigment dispersion liquid, ink composition and ink-jet recording method
JP2013125086A (en) * 2011-12-13 2013-06-24 Kao Corp Pigment dispersion for color filter
WO2014010687A1 (en) * 2012-07-12 2014-01-16 花王株式会社 Pigment dispersion for colour filter
US20190225826A1 (en) * 2017-01-31 2019-07-25 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Inkjet ink set
JP2020066688A (en) * 2018-10-25 2020-04-30 大塚化学株式会社 Coloring composition and color filter
JP2021084977A (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-06-03 花王株式会社 Resin particle dispersion

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4520093A (en) * 1984-01-30 1985-05-28 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Photosensitive composition and method for forming a neutral black image
JP2003147210A (en) * 2001-11-09 2003-05-21 Oji Paper Co Ltd Temperature-sensitive fine particle composition and temperature-sensitive fine particle sheet
JP2010013576A (en) * 2008-07-04 2010-01-21 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Aqueous pigment dispersion liquid, ink composition and ink-jet recording method
JP2013125086A (en) * 2011-12-13 2013-06-24 Kao Corp Pigment dispersion for color filter
WO2014010687A1 (en) * 2012-07-12 2014-01-16 花王株式会社 Pigment dispersion for colour filter
US20190225826A1 (en) * 2017-01-31 2019-07-25 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Inkjet ink set
JP2020066688A (en) * 2018-10-25 2020-04-30 大塚化学株式会社 Coloring composition and color filter
JP2021084977A (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-06-03 花王株式会社 Resin particle dispersion

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023008352A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and dye multimer
WO2022168743A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2022168741A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2023243414A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023085072A1 (en) Colored curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2022168742A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2024181118A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024190446A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024190447A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024171840A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2024128044A1 (en) Color filter manufacturing method and solid-state imaging element manufacturing method
WO2024166734A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2023149272A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024128043A1 (en) Color filter manufacturing method and solid-state imaging element manufacturing method
WO2024171839A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2024171841A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2024111393A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured article, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2023228791A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2024034445A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024070695A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, and image display device
WO2024014300A1 (en) Resin composition, method for producing resin composition, pigment derivative, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024058001A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2023162790A1 (en) Colored composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2024018910A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device and coloring agent
WO2022230625A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound